2017 Prisma M Catalog - LVED210002EN (Web) 1

Low Voltage
Prisma iPM
system M
Floor standing switchboards up to 4000A
Catalogue
2017
Illustrated table of contents of
Index of commercial numbers A-2 Standards A-13
Overview A-8 Prisma iPM a tested A-18

switchboard
Functional unit B-2 B-4 B-10 B-17 B-18

description
Masterpact NW /EasyPact MVS Masterpact NT Compact NS1600b / 3200 Compact NSX100 / 630 A
B-32
Interpact INS
B-36
Transfer switch equipments
B-38
Fupact INF
B-40 B-50 B-52
Capacitor bank Industrial control devices Human-switchboard interface
Distribution introduction C-8 C-21 C-40
Horizontal busbars Vertical busbars
C-45 C-50
Distribution blocks Accessories
Enclosure description D-2 D-5 D-7
IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles IP54 floor standing cubicles
Spare parts E-2 Mechanical characteristics E-28 Special solutions E-41

NW/MVS 4000A
2 NW/MVS in one column
Electrical characteristics E-3 Environment E-39
floor standing enclosures
presentation
Floor standing system M A-24 Commercial reference A-32
Index and
Tools and services A-30
Circuit breakers
B-26 B-30 B-46

E
D
C
B
A
EasyPact CVS 100 / 630 A Easypact EZC 100/400/630A Modular devices
Switch-disconnectors
Functional units
Transfer switch equipment
Fusegear
Other
B-55 B-57 B-58
Other devices Reserve space Functional unit accessories
Main distribution
C-1 C-2 C-13

Distribution
Linergy evolution Rear and multi-stage busbars Partitioning
Sub-distribution
Enclosures
Enclosures
D-9 D-11 D-13
Gasket, baseframe and gland plates IP30 / 31 / 54 cubicles accessories Dimensions

Characteristics
Assembling recommendations E-49

A-4
Index and presentation Contents
System M
Index A-2
Index of catalogue numbers A-2
Presentation A-8
Overview A-8
Standards A-15
Prisma iPM a tested switchboard A-20
Standards A-21
The energy management with Prisma iPM A-28
Floor standing system M A-30
Tools and services A-36
Commercial reference A-38

Commercial reference numbering system A-38
Determining the commercial number A-39
A-1
Index and presentation Index of catalogue numbers
System M
Index
Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

01109 12 chocks for Linergy busbars C-36 04568 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 4000A C-14
C-38 C-18
C-39 C-26
E-2 C-28
01130 Linergy evol. screw plate kit C-37 04602 Linergy evol. vert. connection 1600A C-29
E-2 C-36
03180 20 slotted mounting plate M4 clip-nuts B-55 04604 Linergy evol. vert. short connect. 2500A C-27
03181 20 slotted mounting plate M5 clip-nuts B-55 C-29
03182 20 slotted mounting plate M6 clip-nuts B-55 04607 Linergy evol. vert. connection 4000A C-27
03195 4 hexagonal spacers M6 H9 B-58 C-29
03196 4 hexagonal spacers M6 H23 B-58 04620 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 1600A C-17
03197 4 hexagonal spacers M6 H55 B-58 04621 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 2500A C-15
03581 2 universal angle brackets B-58 C-19
C-58 04623 Linergy evol. horiz. connection 4000A C-15
04029 Connectors 200A multiclip/rear busbar C-51 C-19
04031 Polybloc 1P 160A C-55 04640 Joint for 50/60 mm bar/Linergy BS horizontal busbar C-25
04033 Polybloc 3P 250A C-55 04641 Joint for 80/100 mm bar/Linergy BS horizontal busbar C-25
04034 Polybloc 4P 250A C-55 04643 Joint for 120 mm Linergy BS horizontal busbar C-25
04045 Distribloc 125 B-47 04645 20 screws for vertical/horizontal busbar connection C-57
B-49 E-61
C-55 04646 12 spacers 150mm linergy evol.4000A C-14
04171 4 threaded bars 160A L1400 C-46 C-19
E-55
04174 4 threaded bars 630A L1400 C-46 E-56
04195 40 threaded bars <630A M6 x16 screws C-47 04658 12 chock for linergy evol. 1600A vert. C-27
C-57 C-29
04197 Busbar power supply barrier 630A C-47 04659 12 chock for linergy evol. 4000A vert. C-27
04226 2 modular device rails L1600 B-55 C-29
04229 20 tab connection M10 VOLT. tap-offs C-57 04671 Busbars > 80mm support/screws B-4
04239 12 horizontal cable straps A-40 B-7
B-47 B-9
B-49 C-14
C-58 C-19
04243 4 covers horizontal cable straps A-40 C-23
B-47 C-25
B-49 C-27
C-58 C-29
04255 12 horizontal trunking supports A-40 C-43
B-47 E-55
B-49 E-56
C-59 E-58
04502 Linergy for busbar 630A C-35 E-59
C-40 E-61
C-41 E-63
04503 Linergy for busbar 800A C-35 E-64
C-40 04690 Flange for flat bars B-5
C-41 B-6
04504 Linergy for busbar 1000A C-35 B-7
C-40 B-17
C-41 04691 Flange for edgewise bars A-39
04505 Linergy for busbar 1250A C-35 B-10
C-40 B-12
C-41 B-14
04506 Linergy for busbar 1600A A-40 04692 Flange for flat bars W=400 B-13
C-35 B-16
C-40 04742 Insulated flexible bar 20x2 L1800 C-56
C-41 04743 Insulated flexible bar 20x3 L1800 C-56
04560 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 630A C-16 04751 Insulated flexible bar 32x5 L1800 A-40
C-18 C-56
C-26 04753 Insulated flexible bar 32x8 L1800 A-40
C-28 C-56
04561 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 800A C-16 04766 20 lug connection to linergy bolts C-37
C-18 C-39
C-26 C-57
C-28 04767 20 bar connection to linergy bolts A-40
04562 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 1000A C-16 C-37
C-18 C-39
C-26 C-57
C-28 04768 Set of 12 screwplates for linergy evolution 2500A C-37
C-18 E-2
C-26 04769 Set of 8 screwplates for linergy evolution 4000A C-37
C-28 C-57
04564 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 1600A C-16 E-2
C-18 04772 20 insulated flexible bar diameter 20 washers A-40
C-26 C-37
C-28 C-57
04565 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 2000A C-14 04774 20 insulated flexible bar diameter 28 washers C-37
C-18 C-57
C-26 04782 20 bolts for bars M8x20 C-57
04566 Linergy evolution HZ busbar 2500A C-14 04786 20 bolts for bars M8x40 C-57
C-18
C-28 04794 12 linergy markers C-37
C-18 C-58
C-26 08903 12 label holders H24mm W432 B-59
C-28 08913 12 clip-on labels 18x35 B-59
A-2
System M
Index

08940 Barrel lock No.405 D-12 LSM57606A Frame + roof W600 D600 D-5
08945 Din double bar insert D-12 D-6
08946 Screwdriver slot insert D-12 D-7
08963 Adhesive drawing holder D-13 D-8
LSM53433A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=300mm D-10 LSM57608A Frame + roof W800 D600 D-5
LSM53434A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=400mm D-10 D-6
LSM53436A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=600mm D-10 D-7
D-8
LSM53438A 4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W=800mm A-40
D-10 LSM57635A IP54 plain door W400 D-7
D-8
LSM53444A 2 side plates D=400mm A-40
D-10 LSM57662A Frame + roof W800 (600+200) D600 D-5
D-6
LSM53446A 2 side plates D=600mm D-10 D-7
LSM53462A Frame + roof W800 (600 + 200) D400 seismic E-66 D-8
E-67 LSM58032A Door spare parts for system M E-2
E-68
E-69 LSM58033A Framework spare parts for system M E-2
LSM53462R Frame + roof W800 (600 + 200) D400 rear seismic E-67 LSM58064A Cu drilled bar 60x5mm L1675 C-43
E-69 LSM58065A Cu drilled bar 80x5mm L1675 C-43
LSM53603A Frame + roof W300 D600 seismic E-61 LSM58066A Cu drilled bar 50x10mm L1675 C-43
E-69 E-41
LSM53606A Frame + roof W600 D600 seismic E-66 LSM58080A Terminals for masterpact NW-MT40 E-55
E-67 E-56
E-68 E-58
E-69 E-59
LSM53608A Frame + roof W800 D600 seismic E-55 E-61
E-56 E-63
E-58 E-64
E-59 LSM58081A 50 stainless steel screws E-57
E-66 E-60
E-67 E-62
E-68 E-65
E-69 LSM58084A Busbar support for 4000A coupling solution E-62
LSM53662A Frame + roof W800 (600 + 200) D600 seismic E-66 E-64
E-67 LSM58085A NW40 3P W600 downstream busbar support E-63
E-68 LSM58086A Fixed support for 5/10mm horizontal busbars B-7
E-69 pitch=75mm B-9
LSM53488A Glandplate W800 or W600+W200 D400 A-40 B-11
D-10 B-15
E-69 C-14
LSM53683A Glandplate W300 D600 D-10 C-17
E-69 C-19
E-69 C-25
LSM53688A Glandplate W800 (600+200) D600 D-10 E-55
E-69 E-56
LSM57403A Frame + roof W300 D400 D-5 LSM58087A Fixed support for 10mm horizontal busbars C-23
D-6 pitch=115mm E-58
D-7 E-59
D-8 E-61
LSM57404A Frame + roof W400 D400 D-5 LSM58088A 3 fixed supports vertical busbar+bottom D400 C-27
D-6 C-29
D-7 C-43
D-8 LSM58089A 1 free busbar support pitch=75mm A-39
LSM57406A Frame + roof W600 D400 D-5 B-7
D-6 B-9
D-7 B-11
D-8 B-15
LSM57408A Frame + roof W800 D400 D-5 C-14
D-6 C-17
D-7 C-19
D-8 C-23
LSM57424A IP54 plain door W300 D-7 C-25
D-8 C-27
C-29
LSM57427A IP54 plain door W600 D-7 C-43
D-8 E-55
LSM57429A IP54 plain door W800 D-7 E-56
D-8 E-61
LSM57462A Frame + roof W800 (600+200) D400 D-5 E-63
D-6 E-64
D-7 LSM58090A 1 free busbar support pitch=115mm B-4
D-8 C-23
LSM57467T IP54 transparent door W600 D-7 E-55
D-8 E-56
D-8 E-59
LSM57475A 2 lateral panels D400 D-7 E-61
D-8 E-63
LSM57477A 2 lateral panels D600 D-7 E-64
D-8 LSM58091A 3 fixed supports vertical busbar+bottom D400 in C-27
LSM57603A Frame + roof W300 D600 D-5 D600 C-29
D-6 C-43
D-7 E-61
D-8 E-63
LSM57604A Frame + roof W400 D600 D-5 E-64
D-6
D-7
D-8
A-3
System M
Index

LSM58092A Linergy busbars support pitch=75mm A-40 LSM58416A IP30 rear panel W600 D-5
C-36 D-6
C-38 E-66
C-39 E-67
LSM58093A 1 fixed busbars support bottom D600 pitch=75mm C-27 LSM58417A IP54 rear panel W600 D-7
C-29 D-8
C-43 E-68
E-61 E-69
E-63 LSM58418A IP30 rear panel W800 A-40
E-64 D-5
LSM58095A Fixed bar support pitch=70mm W600 B-10 D-6
B-12 E-66
B-14 E-67
LSM58096A Fixed bar support pitch=115mm W600 B-4 LSM58419A IP54 rear panel W800 D-7
B-8 D-8
B-17 E-68
E-63 E-69
LSM58097A Fixed bar support pitch=115mm W800 B-4 LSM58422A IP30 plain door W200 A-40
B-8 D-5
E-55 D-6
E-58 E-66
E-64 E-67
LSM58098A Fixed bar support pitch=115mm W800 4000A E-55 LSM58423A Plain door W300 D-5
E-56 D-6
E-58 E-66
E-59 E-67
E-61 LSM58424A IP54 plain door W300 D-7
E-64 D-8
LSM58403A Frame+roof W300 D400 D-5 E-68
D-6 E-69
D-7 LSM58426A Plain door W600 D-5
D-8 D-6
E-66 E-65
E-67 E-66
E-68 E-67
E-69 LSM58427A IP54 plain door W600 D-7
LSM58403R Frame+roof W300 D400 - rear D-6 D-8
D-8 E-65
E-61 E-68
E-63 E-69
E-64 LSM58428A Plain door W800 B-39
E-67 D-5
E-69 D-6
D-6 E-60
D-7 E-62
D-8 E-65
D-6 E-67
D-7 LSM58429A IP54 plain door W800 B-39
D-8 D-7
E-66 D-8
E-67 E-57
E-68 E-60
E-69 E-62
LSM58406R Frame+roof W600 D400 - rear D-6 E-65
D-8 E-68
E-63 E-69
E-67 LSM58430A 2 longitudinal cross-members FU zone C-47
E-69 E-66
D-6 E-68
D-7 E-69
D-8 LSM58440A 2 side cross-members D400 B-4
E-66 B-10
E-67 B-12
E-68 B-14
E-69 C-47
LSM58408R Frame+roof W800 D400 - rear D-6 E-55
D-8 E-58
E-55 E-63
E-56 E-64
E-58 E-66
E-59 E-67
E-61 E-68
E-64 E-69
E-67 LSM58441A 2 side cross-members D600 C-47
E-69 E-66
LSM58413A Rear panel W300 D-5 E-67
D-6 E-68
D-7 E-69
D-8 LSM58462A Frame+roof W800 (600+200) D400 A-40
E-66 D-5
E-67 D-6
E-68 D-7
E-69 D-8
LSM58414A Rear panel W400 D-5 LSM58462R Frame+roof W800 (600+200) D400 - rear D-6
D-6 D-8
LSM58415A Rear panel W400 D-7
D-8
A-4
System M
Index

LSM58466T Transparent door W600 A-40 LSM58606A Frame+roof W600 D600 D-5
D-5 D-6
D-6 D-7
E-66 D-8
E-67 E-63
LSM58467T IP54 transparent door W600 D-7 LSM58608A Frame+roof W800 D600 D-5
D-8 D-6
E-68 D-7
E-69 D-8
LSM58468T Transparent door W800 D-5 E-55
D-6 E-56
E-66 E-58
E-67 E-59
D-8 E-64
E-68 LSM58611A 2x3M D400 uprights in D600W300W600W800 C-18
E-69 C-22
LSM58470A 100 screws+nuts for framework D-12 LSM58612A 3x3M D400 uprights in D600 W600+200 C-18
LSM58471A 4 lifting rings A-40 C-22
LSM58474A 2 lateral panels D400 A-40 D-6
D-6 D-8
E-66 LSM58636A Corner cubicle kit D400 D-9
E-67 LSM58637A Corner cubicle kit D600 D-9
LSM58475A 2 lateral panels D400 IP54 D-7 LSM58643H F2 horizontal busbar W300 D400 C-62
D-8 C-64
E-68 LSM58644H F2 horizontal busbar W400 D400 C-62
E-69 C-64
LSM58476A 2 lateral panels D600 D-5 LSM58646H F2 horizontal busbar W600 D400 C-62
D-6 C-64
E-66 LSM58647H F2 horizontal busbar W600+W200 D400 C-62
E-67 C-64
LSM58477A 2 lateral panels D600 IP54 D-7 LSM58648H F2 horizontal busbar W800 D400 C-62
D-8 C-64
E-68 LSM58653H F2 horizontal busbar W300 D400 linergy C-62
E-69 C-64
LSM58478A Lateral panel D400 L shape combination D-9 LSM58654H F2 horizontal busbar W400 D400 linergy C-62
E-69 LSM58655H M F3 horizontal partition C-66
LSM58489A M IP 54 gasket D-7 C-64
D-8 LSM58657H F2 horizontal busbar W600+W200 D400 linergy C-62
D-11 C-64
E-69 C-64
LSM58490A M IP 31 gasket D-5 LSM58659H M F3 horizontal partition D200 C-66
D-6 C-67
D-11 C-68
E-66 LSM58662A Frame+roof W800 (600+200) D600 D-5
E-67 D-6
LSM58491A M IP31 sealing cover for rear panel D-5 D-7
D-6 D-8
D-11 LSM58663H F2 horizontal busbar W300 D600 C-62
E-66 C-64
E-67
LSM58664H F2 horizontal busbar W400 D600 C-62
LSM58492A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W200 D-12 C-64
E-66
E-68 C-64
E-69 LSM58667H F2 horizontal busbar W600+W200 D600 C-62
E-67 C-64
E-68 LSM58669H Ventilation partitioning horizontal busbar 4000A E-57
E-69 E-60
LSM58494A 4 floor standing cable tie supports D400 A-40 E-62
D-12 LSM58670H Isolating screen neutral linergy evol C-15
LSM58496A 4 floor standing cable tie supports W600 A-40 C-19
D-12 LSM58672V Front barrier vertical busbar W200 A-40
LSM58498A M din double bar assembled lock A-40 C-65
D-12 LSM58673V Front barrier vertical busbar W300 C-65
LSM58499A M slot assembled lock D-12 C-67
LSM58500A M ronis key No.405 assembled lock D-12 LSM58674V Lateral barrier vertical busbar D400 C-64
LSM58603A Frame+roof W300 D600 D-5 LSM58675V 1 to 6M divisible vertical barrier D400 A-40
D-6 C-65
D-7 C-68
D-8 LSM58676V Extension lateral barrier for vertical busbar D600 C-64
E-61 LSM58677V Lateral barrier for vertical busbar D400 bottom HBB C-67
E-63 LSM58684A Glandplate W400 D600 D-10
E-64 LSM58696A 4 floor standing cable tie supports D600 D-12
LSM58604A Frame+roof W400 D600 D-5
D-6
D-7
D-8
A-5
System M
Index

LSM58700A System M front plate support B-5 LSM58866V M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS250 vertical B-21
B-6 B-29
B-9 B-33
E-57 B-51
E-60 LSM58869H M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS630 horizontal B-19
E-62 B-27
E-65 B-31
LSM58710A IP31 ventilated roof for 4000A column B-39 LSM58870H M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS630 horizontal A-39
E-57 B-19
E-60 B-27
E-62 B-31
LSM58711A Metering box W600 C-64 B-33
LSM58712A Metering box W800 C-64 LSM58871V M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS630 vertical B-19
LSM58713A Form 2 NS06-16 fixed bottom incoming C-67 B-27
LSM58714A Form 2 NS06-16 fixed top incoming C-67 B-31
LSM58715A Form 2 NT06-16 fixed D/O NS06-16 D/O bottom incoming C-67 B-33
LSM58716A Form 2 NT06-16 fixed D/O NS06-16 D/O top incoming C-67 LSM58872V M mounting plate NS-INS1600 3P4P&NS3200 3P A-39
LSM58717A Form 2 NW08-32 fixed 3P W600 C-66 FIX V B-15
LSM58718A Form 2 NW08-32 drawout 3P W600 C-66 B-16
B-17
LSM58719A Form 2 NW08-32 fixed 4P W800 C-66 B-33
LSM58720A Form 2 NW08-32 drawout 4P W800 C-66 LSM58873V M mounting plate NS1600 DRAW -NT-MT-MTE B-11
LSM58721A Form 2 2NW08-32 fixed 3P W600 C-66 FIX.D/O VERT B-13
LSM58722A Form 2 2NW08-32 fixed 4P W800 C-66 B-15
LSM58723A Form 2 2NW08-32 drawout 3P W600 C-66 B-16
LSM58724A Form 2 2NW08-32 drawout 4P W800 C-66 LSM58874V M mounting plate NS630B-1600 FIX V rear access B-15
LSM58725A Form 2 NW40 drawout 4P W800 incoming C-66 B-16
LSM58726A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 front connection 3P C-66 LSM58876V M mounting plate masterpact NW-MT B-5
C-69 B-6
LSM58727A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 front connection 4P C-66 B-9
C-69 E-55
LSM58728A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 rear connection 3P C-69 E-56
LSM58729A Form 4 NW/MVS 08/32 rear connection 4P C-69 E-58
LSM58732A Form 4 NS 630b/1600 front connection to upper C-69 E-59
terminals E-61
LSM58733A Form 4 NS 630b/1600 rear connection to upper C-69 E-64
terminals LSM58878V M mountingplate masterpact NW-MT 3P W600 B-5
LSM58734A Form 4 NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600 front connection to C-69 B-6
upper terminals B-9
E-63
LSM58735A Form 4 NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600 front connection to C-69
lower terminals LSM58894H M front plate NSX630 horizontal B-19
B-27
LSM58736A Form 4 NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600 rear connection to C-69
upper terminals LSM58910H M front plate INS630 horizontal B-33
LSM58737A Form 4 NT 06/16, NS 630b/1600 rear connection to C-69 LSM58915H M front plate NSX630 horizontal A-39
lower terminals B-19
B-27
LSM58738A Form 4 horizontal installation front connection C-70
B-31
LSM58739A Form 4 horizontal installation rear connection C-70
LSM58916V M front plate NS1600 toggle fixed vertical A-39
LSM58743H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W300 D400 C-62 B-15
C-64 B-16
LSM58744H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W400 D400 C-62 LSM58917V M front plate NS-NT-MT-MTE1600 draw B-11
C-64 B-13
LSM58746H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W600 D400 C-62 B-15
C-64 B-16
LSM58747H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W600+W200 D400 C-62 LSM58918V M front plate INS1600 vertical 3P B-33
C-64 LSM58919V M front plate INS1600 vertical 4P B-33
LSM58748H F2 bottom horizontal busbar W800 D400 C-62 LSM58922V M front plate NT-MT-MTE16 fixed vertical B-11
C-64 B-13
LSM58774A Front barrier vertical busbar W400 C-65 LSM58926F M frontplate masterpact NW fixed 3P/4P W800 B-5
LSM58830H M mounting plate NSXm160 3/4P horizontal B-23 B-6
LSM58831V M mounting plate NSXm160 3/4P vertical B-23 B-9
LSM58833A Mounting plate for capacitor bank B-41 E-57
LSM58845A M slotted mountingplate 4M B-51 E-60
B-55 E-62
LSM58846A M slotted mountingplate 12M B-51 E-65
B-55 LSM58927D M frontplate masterpact NW drawout 3P/4P W800 B-5
LSM58847A M plain backplate 36M B-56 B-6
LSM58848A Mounting plate varplus can capacitors & reactor B-43 B-9
LSM58850H M mounting plate AUTO.C/OVER NS100-250 B-37 E-57
LSM58851H M mounting plate AUTO.C/OVER NS400-630 B-37 E-60
LSM58853A M modular device rail A-39 E-62
B-46 LSM58928F NW32 Fixed front plate W600 B-5
B-51 B-6
B-53 B-9
B-54 E-65
B-55 LSM58929V M front plate NS3200 3P vertical B-17
LSM58854A M adjustable modular device rail B-48 LSM58930D M frontplate masterpact NW drawout 3P W600 B-5
B-51 B-6
B-55 B-9
LSM58855V M mounting plate EZC100/250 vertical A-39 LSM58944A M IP30 ventilated front plate 4M B-58
B-31 LSM58950H M front plate AUTO.C/OVER CVS100-250 B-37
LSM58856H M mounting plate EZC250 3P horizontal B-31 LSM58951H M front plate AUTO.C/OVER CVS400-630 B-37
LSM58857H M mounting plate EZC250 4P horizontal B-31 LSM58952V M front plate BC/UC automatism B-37
LSM58862V M mounting plate fupact INF D160 vertical front direct B-39 LSM58963V M front plate NSXm160 3P vertical DRH B-23
LSM58863V M mounting plate fupact INF D800 vertical front direct B-39 LSM58971A Plain front plate W=800mm 1M B-57
LSM58864H M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS250 horizontal B-21
B-29
LSM58865H M mounting plate NS-NSX-INS250 horizontal B-21
B-29
B-33
A-6
System M
Index

LSM58972A Plain front plate W=800mm 2M B-5 LSX58907V Frontplate 2 NSX630 vertical B-19
B-6 B-27
B-9 B-31
B-57 LSX58914V Front plate INS630 vertical B-29
E-57 LSX58921V Front plate NSX630 vertical vigi B-19
E-60 B-27
E-62 B-31
E-65 LSX58931A Plain front plate 1M B-9
LSM58973A Plain front plate W=800mm 3M B-57 B-13
B-6 B-21
B-9 B-27
B-57 B-29
E-57 B-31
E-60 B-39
E-62 B-51
E-65 B-57
LSM58976A Plain front plate W=800mm 6M B-57 LSX58932A Plain front plate 2M A-39
LSM58985A W800 ventilated front plate 5M E-57 B-11
E-60 B-13
E-62 B-15
E-65 B-16
LSX58030A 20 front plate screws + nuts B-59 B-19
E-2 B-21
LSX58031A Prisma iPM spare parts handle E-2 B-27
LSX58052A Multiclip 200A 2P B-47 B-29
C-55 B-31
LSX58053A Multiclip 200A 3P B-47 B-33
B-49 B-39
C-55 B-51
B-57
LSX58054A Multiclip 200A 4P A-39
B-47 LSX58933A Plain front plate 3M A-39
B-49 B-11
C-55 B-13
B-15
LSX58070A Cu earth / neutral bar 24M C-58 B-16
LSX58080A Rear busbars support C-47 B-17
LSX58081A Rear busbar barrier C-47 B-19
LSX58082A Multi-stage busbars support C-47 B-31
LSX58621A Blanking strip modular device L1000 B-47 B-33
B-49 B-39
B-56 B-51
B-58 B-57
LSX58751A Blanking strip CVS/NSX250 L148 B-21 LSX58934A Plain front plate 4M A-39
B-29 B-5
B-51 B-6
B-58 B-9
LSX58752A Blanking strip EZC250 L1000 B-31 B-11
B-58 B-13
LSX58776A Front plate hinge kit B-51 B-15
B-52 B-16
B-59 B-17
E-2 B-33
LSX58777A 4 front plate lead-sealable screws B-59 B-51
LSX58883A Front plate modular device 3M B-47 B-53
B-49 B-57
B-56 LSX58935A Plain frontplate 5M B-53
LSX58884A Front plate modular device 4M B-47 B-57
B-49 LSX58936A Plain front plate 6M B-5
B-53 B-6
B-54 B-9
B-56 B-13
LSX58885A Front plate modular device 5M A-39 B-16
B-47 B-17
B-49 B-51
B-56 B-57
LSX58886V Front plate EZC100 vertical A-39 LSX58955A Front plate 96x96 4 devices W500 B-52
B-31 LSX58956A Front plate 72x72 diam 6 devices W500 B-52
LSX58888H Front plate EZC250 3P horizontal B-31 LSX58958H Front plate NSXm160 3/4P horizontal toggle B-23
LSX58889V Front plate 3/4 EZC250 vertical B-31 LSX58960A Blanking plate 96x96 devices B-52
LSX58890H Front plate EZC250 4P horizontal B-31 B-53
LSX58892V Front plate EZC400 3P vertical B-31 LSX58961A Blanking plate 72x72 devices B-52
LSX58893H Front plate NSX250 3P horizontal B-21 LSX58961V Front plate NSXm160 4P vertical DRH B-23
B-29 LSX58962H Front plate NSXm160 3/4P horizontal DRH B-23
LSX58895V Front plate 4 fupact INFD32/40 3P vertical B-39 LSX58964T Transparent front plate 4M B-51
LSX58896V Front plate 3 fupact INFD63 3P vertical B-39 B-57
LSX58897V Front plate 2 fupact INFD100/160 3P vertical B-39 LSX58966T Transparent front plate 6M B-51
LSX58898V Front plate fupact INFD250/800 3P vertical B-39 B-57
LSX58901H Front plate INS250 horizontal B-33 NSYCAG291 Grill with filter (maximum througput=350m3/h) B-41
LPF32 E-57
LSX58902V Front plate 3 / 4 CVS-NSX250 vertical toggle B-21
E-60
B-29
E-62
B-49
E-65
LSX58903V Front plate 3 / 4 CVS-NSX250 vertical toggle vigi B-21
NSYCVF575 Top hood with top fan IP54 B-41
B-29
M230MF D-13
LSX58904H Front plate NSX250 horizontal B-21 E-57
B-29 E-60
LSX58905V Front plate INS250 vertical B-29 E-62
A-7
Pooling our
energies for building
dependability
Prisma iPM:
solution for
tested and
IEC compliant
low voltage
switchboards
A-8
Developing installation
dependability
As professional for tertiary and industrial buildings market, you are

faced with growing demands for electrical installation continuity of
service, value of life and property and deadline and cost control.
A-9
Prisma iPM
> An innovative solution based on the
experience, expertise and switchgear
offerings from the global specialist in
energy management.
> Quality production certified ISO 9001.
Using our Prisma iPM solution, you can easily

design, implement and operate LV electrical
distribution and control switchboards that are
dependable, because they are optimised, tested
and compliant with the IEC 61439-1 standard.
Improve the continuity of Secure the value of life Control deadlines

service and property and costs
A-10
Dedicating ourselves
to value, simple LV
switchboards
Prisma iPM, a modular and prefabricated solution based on a complete system
in kit form that thoroughly integrates Schneider Electric switchgear offerings.
Energy is available
in the buildings
3
The Prisma iPM solution thoroughly integrates
Schneider Electric switchgear and includes our
distribution systems and enclosures. 2
These quality components have been designed 1
to operate together with optimised performance:
mechanical, electrical and communications
consistency. 4
Switchboards designed and manufactured with
the Prisma iPM solution have all the qualities 5
needed to secure energy availability. They
are organised by function and by zone, which
improves reliability and facilitates design,
installation, operation and upgrading.
All switchboard architectures are factory tested
in line with specifications that go well beyond
the IEC 61439-1 standard.
> Example of 28 modules wall mounted switchboard
The same continuity of service is secure
throughout the switchboard’s entire
life cycle. 1 A cable connection 3 A zone for current 4 IPXXB front plates for
area with complete distribution with shield people from any
accessibility. innovative busbars. direct access to live parts
The multistage current and circuits opening and
2 A zone for functional distribution brings closing.
units* dedicated to each lightness, ergonomics,
application in the building and easy front access. 5 Attractive finish to fit
(lighting, HVAC, lifts, etc). into any facility.
* A functional unit includes

switchgear, mounting plate
and front plate.
> Example of floor standing switchboard > Example of 16 modules wall

mounted switchboard
A-11
With the Prisma iPM solution,
design offices are thoroughly efficient.
Flexible design for 100% dependable

building applications and optimised design,
and their operation in compliance with costs
and deadlines
Thanks to Prisma iPM solutions, corresponding
thoroughly to building needs, design offices can By supporting design offices with the services
design and customise switchboards easily and and software tools needed to quickly design
quickly: switchboards, we help them to highlight their
> organisation by functional units, each professionalism: switchboards using tested
corresponding to an application in the building architectures and meeting the most stringent
(lighting, HVAC, lifts, etc.) specifications.
> organisation by dedicated physical zones: Our tools and services also enable them to
one for the functional units (switchgear, mounting meet requirements concerning compliance with
plates, front plates), one for power distribution costs and deadlines: optimised selection of the
and one for connection. appropriate components for each switchboard
(switchgear, distribution systems, enclosures with
thorough electrical and mechanical cohesion),
front panel design and fast cost studies.
100%
of dedicated building switchboard
architectures are tested in compliance with
the IEC 61439-1standard and
can easily be customised.
A-12
Compact NSXm circuit breaker
Last generation well fitting within your Prisma iPM
• From 16 up to 160A
• From 16 KA up to 70 KA
• Thermal magnetic
• Everlink power connections
• Dual plate & DIN rail built-in
• Auxiliary externally visible
• Embedded earth leakage protection
I design an electrical solution I build an electrical solution

“Obtain more projects and provide the best solution “Make the business more profitable...”
for your customers...” • save up to 40% mounting & cabling time (DIN rail,
• enhance power availability thanks to great everlink & spring connections...)
discrimination • optimize the space within your panel (power
• improve panel cost thanks to cascading connection & built-in Vigi)
• high secure design using the power connections • easy to select using the Schneider on-line tools
everlink
A-13
A-14
Index and presentation Standards
International electrotechnical standards
System M
Presentation
IEC international standards The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation for
standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National
IEC member countries Committees).
South Africa Japan
Germany Luxemburg
Argentina Malaysia The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions
Australia Mexico concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields.
Austria Norway To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards.
Belarus New Zealand Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National
Belgium Pakistan Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory
Brazil Netherlands
Bulgaria Poland work.
Canada Portugal
China Rumania
Korea (Rep. of) United Kingdom
Croatia Russia
Denmark Singapore
Egypt Slovakia
Spain Slovenia
Finland Sweden
France Switzerland
Greece Czech Rep.
Hungary Thailand
India Turkey
Iran Ukraine
Indonesia United States
Ireland Yugoslavia
Israel
Italy
National standards In Europe

The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes:
bb either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then
DD382009
becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries

bb or, if problems arise, a harmonisation document (HD).
Other IEC member countries
Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national
standard, with or without modifications.
Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United States
continue to develop their own standardisation systems.
Countries without a standardisation system
It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project.
CEI / IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
CENELEC
European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation
UTE
Union Technique de l’Électricité (French electrotechnical
standardisation organisation)
VDE
Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik
e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer
technology standardisation organisation)
BSI
British Standards Institution
CCC
China Certification Center
A-15
Tools for quality adherence
System M
Presentation
The different types of standards There are different types of standards, including:
bb management standards,
bb installation standards,
bb product standards.
Management standards
DD381775
DD381776
ISO 9004: Quality management system - guidelines for performance improvement.

Used in setting up quality management systems.
ISO 9001: Quality management system - requirements. Used for certification audits.
ISO 14004: Environmental management system - major guidelines on the principles.

Design and manufacture. Switchgear assemblies. Systems and techniques implemented.
ISO 14001: Environmental management system - specification with guidance for

DD381777
DD381778
use.
A majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified

ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Installation standards
The set of IEC 60364-X standards defines the main principles and rules on:
Switchgear devices. Installation.
bb assessment of general characteristics of installations,
bb protection,
bb selection and erection of equipment,
bb verification and maintenance of installations.
Product standards
They apply to LV switchgear devices or LV switchgear assemblies, where the
purpose is to secure the correct operation and value of the concerned products.
bb standards on switchgear devices:
v IEC 60947-1: general rules,
v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers,
v IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors,
v IEC 60947-4: contactors,
v IEC 62208 / EN 50298: empty enclosures.
bb standards on switchgear assemblies:

v IEC 61439-1: General rules
v IEC 61439-2: Power switchgear and controlgear ASSEMBLIES (PSC-
ASSEMBLIES)
v IEC 61439-3: Distribution boards (to supersede IEC 60439-3)
v IEC 61439-4: ASSEMBLIES for construction sites (to supersede IEC 60439-4)
v IEC 61439-5: ASSEMBLIES for power distribution (to supersede IEC 60439-5)
v IEC 61439-6: Busbar trunking systems (to supersede IEC 60439-2).
Regulations The regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding and
may also create additional value requirements.
Quality adherence In addition to providing secure of the conformity of its quality management system,
a product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by providing
secure that their design and manufacture comply with the requirements in the
applicable standard.
Secure of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate
supplied by an independent organisation.
A-16
Standards IEC 61439-1
System M
Presentation
All elements making up the electrical switchboard are concerned.

The object of standard IEC 61439-1 is to lay down the definitions and to state the
service conditions, construction requirements, technical characteristics and tests for
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies (U < 1000 V).
The standard defines a low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly (the
electrical switchboard) as “a combination of one or more low-voltage switching
devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective,
regulating equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the
manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical inter-connections and
structural parts”.
Standard IEC 61439-1 These tests secure the conformity of the electrical switchboard and are intended to
check switchboard characteristics.
b tests are carried out on typical configurations
b routine tests are carried out on the completely finished switchboard. Their purpose
is the check that the characteristics validated by the type tests were not altered
during the manufacturing operations.
The 12 design points tested by 1 - Strength of materials and parts

schneider electric The mechanical, electrical and thermal capability of constructional materials and
parts of the assembly shall be deemed to be proven by verification of construction
and performance characteristics.
where an empty enclosure in accordance with IEC 62208 is used, and it has not
been modified so as to degrade the performance of the enclosure, no repetition of
the enclosure testing is required.
2 - Degree of protection of assemblies

The degree of protection shall be verified in accordance with IEC 60529; the test
may be carried out on a representative equipped assembly. Where an empty
enclosure in accordance with IEC 62208 is used, and no external modification has
been carried out that may result in a deterioration of the degree of protection, no
further testing is required.
3 - Clearances and creepage distances

For dimensioning clearances and creepage distances between separate circuits, the
highest voltage ratings shall be used (rated impulse withstand voltage for clearances
and rated insulation voltage for creepage distances).
The clearances and creepage distances apply to phase to phase, phase to neutral,
and except where a conductor is connected directly to earth, phase to earth and
neutral to earth.
4 - Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective

circuits
b Effectiveness of the protective circuit
b Effective earth continuity between the exposed conductive parts of the assembly
and the protective circuit
b Short-circuit withstand strength of the protective circuit
5 - Incorporation of switching devices and components

Compliance with the design requirements, the incorporation of switching devices
and components shall be confimed by inspection and verified to the requirements of
this standard.
b Electromagnetic compatibility
6 - Internal electrical circuits and connections

7 - Terminals for external conductors
Compliance with the design requirements for terminals for external conductors shall
be confirmed by inspection.
8 - Dielectric properties
All the electrical equipment of the assembly shall be connected, except those items
of apparatus which, according to the relevant specifications, are designed for a lower
test voltage; current-consuming apparatus (e.g. windings, measuring instruments,
voltage surge suppression devices) in which the application of the test voltage would
cause the flow of a current, shall be disconnected. Such apparatus shall be
disconnected at one of their terminals unless they are not designed to withstand the
full test voltage, in which case all terminals may be disconnected.
A-17
Standards IEC 61439-1
System M
Presentation
9 - Verification of temperature rise

b Verification by testing with current
b Derivation of ratings for similar variants
b Verification by calculation
10 - Short-circuit withstand strength

The short-circuit withstand strength declared by the originalmanufacturer shall be
verified. Verification may be by the application of design rules, by calculation or by
test as specified.
b Circuits of assemblies which are exempted from the verification of the short-circuit
withstand strength
b Verification by the application of design rules
b Verification by comparison with a reference design
b Verification by test
11 - Electromagnetic compatibility(EMC)
b Assembles not incorporating electronic circuits
b Assembles incorporating electronic circuits
12 - Mechanical operation
This verification test shall not be made on such devices of the assembly which have
already been type tested according to their relevant product standard unless their
mechanical operation is impaired by their mounting.
For parts, which need verification by test, satisfactory mechanical operation shall be
verified after installation in the assembly. The number of operating cycles shall be 200.
Routine Verification Series of test under responsibility of the assemblers that must be performed for each
LV assembly.
1 - Degree of protection of enclosures

2 - Clearances and creepage distances
3 - Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective
circuits
4 - Incorporation of built-in components
5 - Internal electrical circuits and connections
6 - Terminals for external conductors
7 - Mechanical operation
8 - Dielectric properties
9 - Wiring, operational performance and function
A-18
Enclosure standards
System M
IEC 62208 and EN 50298
Presentation
Standards IEC 62208 and EN 50298 General rules for empty enclosures
Empty enclosures for low-voltage switchgear and Standards IEC 62208 and EN 50298 lay down definitions, classifications,
controlgear assemblies characteristics and test requirements for the enclosures used for assemblies.
They apply to empty enclosures before installation of the devices by the panel
builder, as supplied by the manufacturer.
They apply to one-piece enclosures and to enclosures supplied in kit form.
Type tests 1 - Static load

2 - Hoisting
3 - Axial loads of metal inserts
4 - IK code
5 - IP code
6 - Thermal stability
7 - Resistance to heat
8 - Resistance to abnormal heat and to fire
9 - Dielectric strength
10 - Protective-circuit continuity
11 - Weather resistance
12 - Corrosion resistance
13 - Marking.
A-19
Index and presentation Prisma iPM a tested switchboards
System M
Presentation
A switchboard must comply with the requirements in standard IEC 61439-1 to

ensure the value and reliability of the installation.
Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their
company and on themselves, demand a high level of value for the electrical installation.
What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production
mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service,
whatever the operating conditions.
The Schneider Electric solution bb Specify switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1.
bb Guarantee a level of value that has been 100% tested, from the day the
switchboard is installed and throughout its service life.
bb Ensure the return on investment through easy upgrading of the installation in
compliance with the standard.
bb Guarantee that the switchboard complies with the technical specifications.
Prisma iPM tested switchboards The conformity of the switchboard has been tested and proven.
A Prisma iPM switchboard is:
bb made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage devices and components that all
comply with the applicable standards,
bb based on configurations in the Schneider Electric catalogue,
bb made up of Prisma iPM mechanical and electrical components that have been
subjected to the twelve tests required by the standard,
bb mounted and wired by a panel builder in compliance with professional standards,
bb subjected to the nine routine verifications required by the standard.
Schneider Electric makes available to the panel builder everything required to create
tested Prisma iPM switchboards, including the basic configurations in the
low-voltage distribution catalogue, all the documentation for switchboard design and
mounting, calculation and design software, etc.
The panel builder can easily demonstrate conformity with standard IEC 61439-1 by
presenting the declarations or certificates of conformity concerning the type tests carried
out by independent laboratories (CCC, ASEFA) and supplied by Schneider Electric.
The panel builder is responsible for the three routine tests and delivers the
corresponding declarations of conformity.
Certifications
A-20
System M
Presentation
e marking e marking is a regulatory symbol attributed under the sole responsibility of the
manufacturer and intended for the verification authorities of the European countries
that enforce the European regulations.
It allows free circulation of a product in the European Union and certifies that it
complies with the basic requirements in all the applicable European directives.
e marking is not a quality symbol and does not indicate conformity with a standard.
The e declaration is intended exclusively for the authorities in charge of verifying

compliance with the applicable regulations and it is drafted, signed and held for
presentation to the authorities by the manufacturer.
For the Prisma iPM range, the declaration is the respons bility of the Schneider
Electric unit that has designed and developed the product.
For LV switchboards, the declaration is the responsibility of the panelbuilder.
The following products receive e marking:

bb all products that are liable to endanger the safety of persons, animals and property
(LV directive)
bb all products likely to emit electromagnetic disturbances above a standardised
threshold or to be disturbed during operation (EMC directive).
Consequences:
bb the Prisma iPM range falls under the LV directive only
bb LV switchboards are covered by the LV directive and may also fall under the EMC
directive, depending on the type of devices incorporated.
e
For the Prisma iPM range, e marking is applied:
bb on the packing of “mechanical” components
bb on the product itself for “electrical” components.
For the LV assemblies created by the panelbuilder, e marking is applied:
bb on the packing
bb on the rating plate (if applicable)
bb on one of the documents accompanying the switchboard when it is shipped.
A-21
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The switchboard,
central to the electrical installation
Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution
to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of
the system, central to the electrical installation.
It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property value.
Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 stan-
dard aims to better define ‘‘low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies’’, secure that the specified performances are
reached. It specifies in particular:
> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organization that per-
formed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assem-
bly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;
> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.
All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439-2 standard. Equipment produced in
accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard secure the value and reliability of the installation.
A switchboard must comply with the Prisma iPM tested switchboards

equirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2
to ensure the value and reliability of the The conformity of the switchboard has been
installation. Managers of installations, fully tested and proven.
aware of the professional and legal liabilities A Prisma iPM switchboard is:
weighing on their company and on themselves, > made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage
demand a high level of value for the electrical devices and components that all comply with
installation. the applicable standards;
What is more, the serious economic > based on configurations in our catalogue;
consequences of prolonged halts in production > made up of Prisma iPM mechanical and elec-
mean that the electrical switchboard must trical components that have been subjected to
provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the verification of original equipment manufac-
the operating conditions. turer;
> mounted and wired by a panelbuilder in com-
pliance with professional standards;
> subjected to the individual verification.
Schneider Electric makes available to the
The Schneider Electric solution panelbuilder everything required to create tested
> Specify switchboards that comply with Prisma iPM switchboards, including the basic
standard IEC 61439-1 and 2. configurations in the low voltage distribution
> ensure a level of value that has been 100% catalogue, all the documentation for switchboard
tested, from the day the switchboard is instal- design and mounting, calculation and design
led and throughout its service life. software, etc.
> secure a lasting investment through easy Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity with
upgrading of the installation in compliance standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting the
with the standard. declarations or certificates of conformity for type
> ensure that the switchboard complies with tests carried out by independent laboratories
the technical specifications. (ASEFA, ASTA, KEMA, etc.) and supplied by
Schneider Electric. The panelbuilder is
responsible for the individual routine verification
and delivers the corresponding declarations of
conformity.
A-22
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer:

Both involved
in tested assemblies
Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines
the type of verifications that must be conducted
by both organisations involved in final conformity of
the solution: the Original Manufacturer, ensuring
assembly system design and the Assembly
Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity
of the switchboard.
Specifier
> Specifies the needs and
constraints for design,
tion*
installation, operation and
upgrading of the complete
cifica
system.
> Checks that its
ct spe
requirements have been

fully integrated by the
Assembly Manufacturer.
Proje
Depending on the
application, the specifier
could be the end-user or a
design office.
Tes
ted
stem As
ly Sy Assembly sem
bly
mb
A sse Manufacturer
(Panel builder)
The organisation (whether
or not the same as the OM)
responsible for the
completed assembly.
Original He is responsible for End-User

‘‘Routine verifications’’
Should ask for a certified
Manufacturer on each panel produced,
according to the standard. LV switchboard.
The organisation that has By systematically requesting
If he derivates from the routine verifications,
carried out the original design
instructions of the original he ensures that the
and the associated
manufacturer he has to carry assembly system used is
verification of an assembly
out again design verifications. compliant.
system.
He is responsible for the
‘‘Design verifications’’ listed by
IEC 61439-2 including many
electrical tests.
A-23
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The main 10 functions

of standard IEC 61439
For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design veri-
fications from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and routine
verifications on each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals:
value, continuity of service and compliance with end-user requirements.
Value
Voltage stresses withstand capability
To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation coordination principles and
requirements.
Current-carrying capability
To shield against burns and to withstand temperature rise:
> when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current
> when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits and/or as a
function of the time).
Short-circuit withstand capability
To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High forces between
conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).
Protection against electric shock
> Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection)
> Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (error protection).
Protection against risk of fire or explosion
> Resistance to internal glowing elements
> Note: Protection of persons, and optional protection of the assembly, against arcing due to internal flaws can be specified
through a ‘‘special test’’ according to IEC 61641.
Continuity of service
Maintenance and modification capability
Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing value during assembly maintenance or modification
> Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits
> Speed of exchange of the functional units
> Test facilities…
Electro-Magnetic compatibility
To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions:
> Industrial networks or locations (Environment A)
> Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).
Compliance with end-user requirements

Capability to operate the electrical installation
To properly function, according to:
> The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination…)
> The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the outgoing circuits, …).
Capability to be installed on site
> To withstand handling, transport, storage… and installation constraints
> Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external conductors).
Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions
> Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529)
> External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262)
> Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV).
A-24
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.4
Standard individual
Protection against electric shocks
and integrity of protection circuits
The following should be checked visually:
> Presence of protective shields against direct and
indirect contacts on live parts;
> Presence of the PE conductor.
The continuity of protection circuits is secure by com-
check sheet
pliance with the assembly instructions delivered with
each product.
in accordance with the IEC 61439-1
and 2 standard from the assembly
manufacturer (panelbuilder)
Integration of incorporated
components
The assembly manufacturer must comply
with the instructions of the original equipment Job No.:
manufacturer for installation Switchboard No.:
and wiring of the components used. Drawing No./Rev. No.:
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.6 Chapter Verified

Internal electric circuits Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 11.2 v
and connections Insulation clearances and creepage distances 11.3 v
Schneider Electric recommends marking Protection against electric shocks and integrity of
the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible 11.4 v
protection circuits
and temperature-resistant.
This allows: Integration of incorporated components 11.5 v
> not only self-checking to check effective tightening
Internal electric circuits and connections 11.6 v
to torque;
> but also identification of any loosening. Terminals for external conductors 11.7 v
Mechanical operation 11.8 v
Dielectric properties 11.9 v
IEC 61439-1 paragraphe 11.9
Wiring, operating performance and function 11.10 v
Dielectric properties
The main circuits, and the auxiliary and control circuits
connected to the main circuit, shall be subjected to the
test voltage in accordance. Date of verification:
/ /
Verifications performed by:
Wiring, operating performance
and function
Verification of wiring and marking conformity with the
drawings, parts list and diagram.
A-25
Energy management
has never been simpler
Simple-to-install Smart Panels connect your building to real savings
in 3 steps
Measure
Embedded and stand-
alone metering & control
capabilities
Connect Save
> Integrated communication > Data-driven energy efficiency
interfaces actions
> Ready to connect to energy > Real time monitoring and control
management platforms > Access to energy and site
information through on-line services
A-26
Measure
"Smart Panels" mean
visible information
Grouping most of the electrical protection,
command and metering components, the
switchboards are now significant sources
CLOUD of data locally displayed and sent via
communication networks.
connect
… and ready to be linked
to expertise
Smart Panels use reliable, simple to install
and use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus
interfaces on the Enerlin’X communication
system.
Information is safely transmitted through the
most efficient networks:
• Modbus SL inside switchboards, between
components
• Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the
building and connecting switchboards,
computers,
• Ethernet on DSL or GPRS, for access to
on-line services by Schneider Electric.
Energy experts, wherever they are, are
now able to provide advises based on
permanently updated data of the building.
Save
CLOUD
On-site real time

monitoring and control
On a touch screen display connected
to Ethernet
• shows essential electrical information and
On-line Energy
alarms concerning the electrical network, Management services
• allows control (open, close, reset…) of
StruXureWare Energy Operation
various equipments.
automates data collection via an open,
This touch screen is well appreciated for real scalable, and secure energy management
time value checking and control, directly on information system.
the front panel of the main switchboard.
With the help of the Schneider Electric energy
On a PC display with common browser
management services team, data is then
• shows monitoring web pages hosted into turned into actionable information to enable
the local Ethernet interface, customers to understand their facilities’
• alarm events generate automatic email performance on an ongoing basis.
notifications,
Energy Operation leverages companies’
• allows control (open, close, reset…) of current investments in their existing systems,
various equipments. and can be used to communicate advanced
Data displayed on graphics or recorded into results and performance to a broad audience
files are of a great interest for optimizing for a shared understanding throughout an
the use of energy in the building. organization.
As an example, they definitely help validating
the change of temperature settings, time
scheduling in a Building Management System
or other automated devices.
A-27
Index and presentation The energy management
System M with Prisma iPM
Presentation
Presentation
FDM128 switchboard display

It can be connected to a Micrologic COM option
(BCM ULP via IFE). It uses the sensors and
processing capacity of the Micrologic control unit. It
is easy to use and requires no special software or
settings.
The FDM128 is a large display, but requires very
little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit
for very easy reading even under poor ambient
lighting and at sharp angles.
Switch Ethernet
Ethernet switch , 5 copper ports
Communication port protocol : Ethernet TCP/IP
Ethernet port : 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX - 5 ports
copper cables
Max number of cascading switches : unlimited
24 V DC power supply
An external 24 V DC power supply is required for
installations with communication,
whatever the type of trip unit.
A single external 24 V DC supply may be used for
the entire switchboard.
The required characteristics are:
b output voltage: 24 V DC ±5 %
b ripple: ±1 %.
b overvoltage category: OVC IV -
as per IEC 60947-1.
I/O application module

The I/O (Input/Output) application module for LV
breaker is part of an ULP system with built-in
functionalities and applications to enhance the
application needs.
The ULP system architecture can be built without
any restrictions using the wide range of circuit
breakers.
The I/O application module is compliant with the I1
C
I2
I3
C
I4
I5
C
I6
ULP system specifications.

+
24VDC
Two IO application modules can be connected in the O2 33

O3
34
T1
A1
T2
same ULP network. The ranges of LV circuit-

24
O1 23
14
13
breakers enhanced by the IO are :

b Masterpact NW
b Masterpact NT
b Compact NS 1600b-3200 and NS630b-1600
b Compact NSX100-630 Vers coffret
individuel
A-28
Index and presentation The energy management
Presentation
Presentation
Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet

Acti9 Smartlink Ethernet collects data from Smartlink
modbus and transfers them via the Ethernet network.
Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus

Acti9 Smartlink Modbus is used to transfer data from
Acti9 devices to a PLC or monitoring system via the
communication system: Modbus serial line.
0V
D1 D0
0/ACT COM
LK/10-10
K
NETWOR R
ET
COM STATUS ETHERN
STATUS
8
AI2 24V
7 0V AI1 0V
Q 24V +24V
I2
6 0V
I1
Q 24V
5 0V
I1
I2 8
Q 24V
4 I1
I2 7
0V
Q 24V
3 I1
I2 6
0V
Q 24V
2 I1
I2 5
0V
Q 24V
1 I1
I2 4
0V
Q 24V D1/+
I1
I2 3 D0/-
0V 0V
2
N.C.
1 C D0
N.C.
D1
C/-
ON
iEM31
63A
Imax:
Com’X 200 energy server

Com’X 200 energy server is a compact, plug-and-play
+24VDC
CMD
SDOF
0V
11
12
14 data logger that merges seamlessly with the Smart
Panel energy management solution. It consolidates
OF
inputs from analog environmental sensors (e.g.

temperature), digital readers (e.g. pulsed signals
N P
fromsmart energy or water meters, load running

hours), and energy management equipment running
over the Modbus protocol.
Designed for ease of implementation, data can be
transmitted securely via Ethernet, Wi-Fi, or GPRS to
any energy management platforms. The Com’X 200
energy server is scalable and can be easily adaptable
to accommodate future upgrades. Com’X 200 is a
perfect fit with our energy management services,
enabling visualization, tracking, and analysis of energy
data to support optimization of energy performance
and cost management.
100-230
V
POWER Module interface Modbus IFM
Turn off all power before working on this equipment.
POWER
this module required for connection to the network,

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DANGER
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
POWER
EB
X2
100-23 00
24V 0V ~
50/60 1.2A 0.6A
Hz
200
Com’X
or serious injury.
contains the Modbus address (1 to 99) declared by

Made
in GERM
ANY
the user via the two dials in front. It automatically

adapts (baud rate, parity) to the Modbus network in
which it is installed.
24VDC
ETH2
ETH2
ETH1
ETH1
It is equipped with a lock-out switch to enable or

disable operations involving writing to Micrologic, i.e.
reset, counter reset, setting modifications, device
opening and closing commands, etc.
There is a built-in test function to check the
connections of the Modbus interface module with the
Micrologic and FDM121 display unit.
IFE Ethernet interface module

The IFE Ethernet interface for LV circuit breaker
enables an intelligent modular unit (IMU), for
Modbus example a Masterpact NT/NW or Compact NSX
circuit breaker to be connected to an Ethernet
Ethernet network
network. Each circuit breaker has its own IFE and a
ULP system corresponding IP address.
A-29
Index and presentation Floor standing system M
System M
Presentation
Incoming feeders and main LV

switchboards
DD800504
Currents up to 6300 A.
Power distribution
and loads
Currents from 40 to 250 A.
A-30
System M
Presentation
Main characteristics In-door floor standing system
PD800041
Electrical characteristics
Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000
(V AC)
Rated operation voltage 690
(V AC)
Rated impulse withstand 12
voltage (KV)
Frequency (Hz) 50 / 60
Main busbar rated current 3200 / 4000
max. Ie (A)
Rated short-time withstand 100
current Icw (KA / 1 s.)
Rated peak withstand 220
current Ipk (KA)
Neutral network TNC v TNS v IT v TT v
Mechanical characteristics
Overall height (mm) 2000
DD800336
Number of vertical modules 36

(functional height)
1 module = 50 mm
Depth (mm) 400/600 (front access), 800/1000 (rear access)
Width of enclosure for 600 and 800
devices (mm)
Width of busbar duct (mm) 200 (in 800 mm wide enclosure)
Width of cable duct (mm) 300 and 400
Partitioning Form 1, 2, 3b and 4b
IP 30 / 31 / 54
IK 07/08/10
Aplicable standards
Type test IEC61439-1
IP class IEC60529
Insulation materials inside IEC60695
of enclosures
Environment conditions
Operation indoor
Altitude max. (m) 2000
Temperature average (°C) 35 °C
Temperature max. (°C) 50 °C
Temperature min. (°C) 0 °C
Environmental conditions Environment B
Degree of pollution 3
Others
Enclosure materials sheet metal
Painting epoxy resin powder electrostatic sprayed
Colour RAL 7047 (enclosure) and RAL 9022 (functional unit)
Insulation materials inside high-temperature withstand, combustion self-prevent
of enclosure
A-31
System M front access configuration
Presentation
Configuration
DD800335
NS1600 4P
NSX250N NSX250N
3P + N 3P + N
A CA CV V
5 x EZC100
NSX100H-MA50 3 x GV2P32
+LC1D0P7 +LC1D32P7
+LRD3357
NG125 L NG125 L NG125 L
6 x C60H/20 3P 6 x C60H/10 3P 6 x C60H/10 3P

PD800054
Application This configuration is adapted for lighting, HVAC, lift, etc… in tertiary and industrial
buildings.
A-32
System M front access configuration
Presentation
Configuration
DD800334
NS1600 4P
NSX400N NSX250N
3P + N 3P + N
A CA CV V
5 x EZC100
NSX100H-MA50 3 x GV2P32
+LC1D0P7 +LC1D32P7
+LRD3357
C60 Vigi 2P C60 Vigi 2P CVS250N CVS250N NG125 L NG125 L

3P + N 3P + N
3 x CVS 100
9 x C60H/10 2P 9 x C60H/10 2P 5 x C60H/10 3P 5 x C60H/10 3P

PB800052
This configuration is adapted for lighting, HVAC, lift, etc… in tertiary and industrial
Application buildings.
A-33
System M rear access configuration
Presentation
Configuration
DD800335
NW32
3P
NG125L C60 Vigi
A CA CV V
2 x NSX630 2 x NSX400N
3P+N 3P+N 4 x NSX100N 3 x NSX100N
NSX100H-MA50
+LC1D40 6 x C60H/20 3P 9 x C60H/10 2P
NG125L C60 Vigi
6 x C60H/20 3P 9 x C60H/10 2P 2 x NSX630 2 x NSX400N

3P+N 3P+N 4 x NSX100N NSX100N NSX100H-MA50
3P +LC1-D40
+LRD-33 22C
PD800063
buildings.
A-34
System M rear access configuration
Presentation
Configuration
NW32 NW32
DD800334
3P 3P
NW32
3P
NSX100+ NG125L NW08 3P

LC1-D40
+LRD-33 22C
NSX630N 4P NSX400N 4P 3 x NSX100N 3P 7 x C60H/20 3P NSX630N 4P NSX400N 4P 3 x NSX100N 3P
5 x C60H/20 3P
PD800064
buildings.
A-35
Index and presentation Tools and services
System M
Presentation
Schneider Electric provides a large range of tools and

services to support you all along the life cycle of the
product. Design, order
For futher information, please consult us or see bb Catalogue
Schneider Electric website: bb Technicial guide for Pnb
www.schneider-electric.com. Software
bb Thermal calculation
Technical information
bb AutoCAD library
bb Bars drawings library
bb Derating tables
On-line support
bb Customer Care Center
Design &
implementation
Order
Advice, order
bb Catalogue
Software
bb Bom tool
On-line support
bb Customer Care Center
Promotional Training
bb Promotional leaflets bb Training sessions
bb Posters, videos
Specifications bb Customer conferences
& tendering Advice, order
bb Catalogue
Specifications
bb Type tested conference
bb New IEC conference
bb Specification forms
Software
bb Flash quotation
A-36
Index and presentation Tools and services
System M
Presentation
DD800163
Operation
Commissioning & recycling
Assembling
Operation
Guides bb Technical guide for Pnb
bb Technical guide for Recycling
Pnb bb Product Environmental
Profile
Guides
bb Technical guide for Pnb
bb Mounting leaflets library
bb Busbar drawings
PD800039
A-37
Index and presentation Commercial reference
System M numbering system
Commercial reference
Commercial number composition
L S p 5 p p p p p
bb One letter designating the voltage.
Voltage Code
Low L
bb One letter designating the product.

Type Code
Switchboard S
bb One letter designating the family.

Type Code
Floor standing enclosure M
Wall-mounted enclosure L
Common X
bb One number designating the brand.

Brand Code
Prisma iPM 5
bb Four numbers designating the reference.
bb One number indicating characteristics specific to the

component.
Characteristic Code
Drawout D
Fixed F
Non-significant A
Horizontal H
Transparent T
Vertical V
Rear connection R
Five-figure commercial Some products have 5-figure commercial numbers. These products are sold in other
Schneider Electric product ranges and are totally compatible with Prisma iPM
numbers electrical switchboard range.
A-38
Index and presentation Determining the commercial
System M number
Using the circuit diagram
DD800433
Draw up the list of devices to be installed grouping NSX400
them together in families.
And using the commercial

number tables
Reminder: 1 module = 50 mm
1 Each cubicle contains 36 vertical modules. Height of the framework = 36
The selection of the functional unit is done after Circuit Mounting Front plate Customer Connection to No. of
selectioning the electrical devices (circuit breakers, breaker plate connection busbar vertical
modular switchgears, etc.). module
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
2 For the incoming unit determine:
bb the number of vertical modules required;
bb the Commercial numbers for mounting plate and NS1600 A LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58934A LSX58933A 14
front plates.
Type No. of Kit vertical Arc chute Spacing Free busbar
Determine the connection and its width so as to pole connection insulating rods support,
adapter screen pitch = 70 mm
connect the incoming unit to the busbars, or the
distribution block and its width.
DD380843
DD380842
Dd380845
Dd380850
fixed 4P 33643 33597 04691 LSM58089A
Circuit breaker No. of pole Mounting plate Front plate No. of

3 For the outgoing units, determine: vertical
bb the number of vertical modules required, module
bb the commercial numbers for the mounting plate or
modular rail and the front plate,
Horizontal installation
NSX400 3 / 4P LSM58870H LSM58915H 5
Vertical installation
EZC100 3 / 4P LSM58855V LSX58886V 5
Modular devices Modular rail Front plate No. of

vertical
module
1 row Multi 9(1) with NG125 A LSM58853A LSX58885A 5
1 row Multi 9(1) with NG125 A LSM58853A LSX58885A 5
(1) 48 x 9 mm.
bb the distribution block: Multiclip, comb, etc. Distribution block Quantity Com. no.
Multiclip 200 A, 4P 2 LSX58054A
Module total = 34
4 If the devices to be installed do not occupy the whole

DD381583
Plain front plate Com. no.

enclosure, complete the front panel with an extra plain 36 - 34 = 2 modules LSX58932A
front plate.
A-39
Index and presentation Determining the commercial
System M number
5 Determine the optimum layout of the devices and
DD800214
Enclosure Com. no.
chooses the frames, based on: Frame + roof, W = 800 mm (600 + 200), LSM58462A
bb the degree of protection IP, D = 400 mm
bb the dimensions of the incoming unit (see examples),
bb the current rating and layout of the busbars,
bb duct requirements (busbars, cables).
6 Determine the commercial numbers for:
DD800213
Description Com. no.
bb the busbars, Linergy for busbar 1600 A 4 x 04506
bb cable running accessories, Linergy busbar support, 75 mm pitch 3 x LSM58092A
bb site installation accessories, 20 bar connection to linergy bolts 4 x 04767
bb other accessories. Plate washers diam.20 04772
Insulated flexible bars 32*5 04751
Insulated flexible bars 32*8 04753
1 to 6M divisible vert.barrier D400 6 x LSM58675V
Front barrier W = 200mm LSM58672V
7 According to the desired degree of protection and
DD800216
Description Com. no.
the frames selected, choose the appropriate cover Plain door W = 200 mm LSM58422A
components (backs, doors, side panels, gaskets). Transparent door W = 600 mm LSM58466T
Rear panel W = 800 mm LSM58418A
2 lateral panels D = 400 mm LSM58474A
Base frame W = 800 mm, 4 corner posts and LSM53438A
2 crosspieces
Base frame D = 400 mm, 2 side plates LSM53444A
Gland plates W = 800 mm, D = 400 mm LSM53488A
4 lifting rings LSM58471A
M DIN double bar assembled lock LSM58498A
12 horizontal cable straps 04239
4 covers L = 450 mm 04243
12 trunking supports 04255
4 floor standing cable tie supports W = 600 mm LSM58496A
4 floor standing cable tie supports D = 400 mm LSM58494A
A-40
A-41
Functional units Contents
System M
Description B-2
Functional units up to 4000 A B-2
Commercial numbers B-4

Masterpact NW / EasyPact MVS 08 to 32 B-4
2 Masterpact NW / EasyPact MVS 08 to 32 B-8
Masterpact NT 06 to 16 B-10
Compact NS 630b to 1600 B-14
Compact NS 630b to 3200 B-17
Compact NSX 400 to 630 A B-18
Compact NSX 100 to 250 A B-20
Compact NSXm 160 B-22
EasyPact CVS 400 to 630 A B-26
EasyPact CVS 100 to 250 A B-28
Easypact EZC from 100 to 400 A B-30
Interpact INS 250 to 1600 A B-32
Transfer switch equipment B-36
Fupact INF 32 to 800 A B-38
Capacitor bank B-40
Widths of modular devices B-44
Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A, NG 125 B-46
INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors B-48
Industrial and control devices B-50
Human / Machine device B-52
The energy management with Prisma iPM B-53
Other devices B-55
Reserve space B-57
Functional unit accessories B-58
B-1
Functional units Functional units up to 4000 A
System M
Description
Function unit The functional unit is defined in the IEC 61439.1 standard as
followed:
“A part of an assembly comprising all the mechanical and electrical
elements that contribute to the fulfilment of the same function.”
Each device is part of a functional unit comprising:
bb a dedicated mounting plate for device installation;
bb a front plate to block direct access to live parts,
bb busbar connections,
bb the device connections or distribution solutions
bb devices for on-site connections and running of auxiliary wires.
Each functional unit contributes to a function in the switchboard.
The functional units are modular and are arranged rationally, one on top of another,
within the enclosure.
The system includes everything required for functional unit mounting, supply and on
site connection.
The components of the Prisma iPM functional units have been designed and tested
taking into account device characteristics.
This design approach secure a high degree of reliability in system operation and
optimum value for personnel.
PB800045
Mounting plates The devices are mounted on a mounting plate. The space occupied by the
mounting plate correspond to device dimensions: optimization of the occupied
space.
DD800391
Prisma iPM offers a complete range of mounting plates for each type of devices up
to 4000 A:
bb Masterpact NT and NW/EasyPact MVS,
bb EasyPact CVS and Compact NSX,
bb Interpact INS,
bb Easypact EZC,
bb modular devices ...
Plain or slotted mounting plates are available for other devices.
The mounting plates have threaded holes for direct mounting from the front.
The fixing screws of the mounting plate are supplied with.
The mounting plates have slots for tightening power cable and auxiliary connection.
It is front connected, without nuts, using thread-forming screws.

The use of thread-forming screws is mandatory to secure electrical continuity
between exposed conductive parts.
When rear access, the number of module occupied by device is 1M less than front
access.
B-2
Functional units Functional units up to 4000 A
System M
Description
Modular rails The modular rails are supplied ready for mounting with screws.
The symmetrical rail is made of an aluminium alloy and is very rigid.
The supports are factory mounted (crimped on the rails) and screw to the functional
DD800278
uprights using two thread-forming, captive screws that also secure the electrical
continuity of the exposed conductive parts.
The ends of the supports overrun the edge of the rails to act as a stop for the
modular devices.
Different type of rails:
bb modular devices rail
bb adjustable rail
bb rail for direct mounting on the functional uprights.
Rails can be fitted with devices, modular distribution blocks, contactors,

transformers, various auxiliary devices and terminal blocks and all cable-running
accessories such as straps and trunking supports, as well as the supports for
earth-neutral bars.
Front plates For more value, the front plates only allow access to the device setting and control
devices.
The various front plates come with the appropriate cut-outs.
DD800279
Prisma iPM offers a complete range of front plates for each type of devices up to
4000 A:
bb Masterpact NT and NW/EasyPact MVS,
bb EasyPact CVS and Compact NSX,
bb Interpact INS,
bb Easypact EZC,
bb modular devices,
bb 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm measurement devices,
bb ...
They are coloured in grey aluminium RAL9022.
There are blanking strips for modular devices and vertically mounted EasyPact
CVS and Compact NSX and interpact INS devices. They are used to blank off the
unused space on the cut-out front plates.
Also available in the catalogue are labels that fit on the front plates.
Plain and transparent front plates for the device zone and ducts are also available
in the catalogue.
The front plates are fixed, but a reversible “pivot kit” (4 hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth
braid) is available.
Each front plate is front mounted on the supports by captive screws and nuts.
Electrical continuity of exposed conductive parts is secure by the studs of the nuts
and the fixing screws.
Reserve space Plain front plates are available in the catalogue to blank off empty areas.
DD800337
B-3
Functional units Masterpact NW / EasyPact MVS
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated cubicle
Commercial numbers
Front connection Cable connection

4P/800 Device Poles Width of Vertical rear Terminal extension bar support
3P/600
enclosure connectors
DD800200
Dd380837
Dd380850
Fixed/drawout device
NW/MVS 08/25 3P 600mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A + LSM58090A
NW/MVS 32 ■ 2 x LSM58096A + LSM58090A + 04671
NW/MVS 08/25 3P/4P 800mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A + LSM58090A
NW/MVS 32 ■ 2 x LSM58097A + LSM58090A + 04671
Rear connection Cable connection

Device Poles Width of Vertical rear Terminal extension bar support
DD800550
4P/800
3P/600 enclosure connectors
Dd380837
Dd380850
NW/MVS 08/32 3P 600mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P 800mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A
Busway connection
DD800567
Device Poles Width of Vertical rear Terminal 2 side cross-

enclosure connectors extension bar members
support D=400mm
Dd380837
Dd380850
DD800566
NW/MVS 08/20 3P 600mm ■ 4 x LSM58096A + 2 x LSM58440A
LSM58090A
NW/MVS 25/32 ■ 4 x LSM58096A + 2 x LSM58440A
3 x LSM58090A
NW/MVS 08/20 3P/4P 800mm ■ 4 x LSM58097A + 2 x LSM58440A
LSM58090A
NW/MVS 25/32 ■ 4 x LSM58097A + 2 x LSM58440A
3 x LSM58090A
B-4
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated cubicle
Commercial numbers
Device installation Device No.of Mounting Front plate Cut-out upstream Downstream
vert. plate support front plate front plate front plate
mod.
DD800573
DD380836
DD800546
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58878V LSM58928F 2 x LSX58936A 2 x LSX58934A
3P in width = +
600mm cubicles LSX58936A
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F 2 x LSM58975A 2 x LSM58975A
3P/4P in width = + +
800mm cubicles LSM58972A 2 x LSM58972A
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58878V LSM58930D 2 x LSX58936A 2 x LSX58934A
3P in width = +
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D 2 x LSM58975A 2 x LSM58975A
Distribution Connection to horizontal busbars

Device Front connectors Spacing rods for flat bars
DD800552
Dd380838
Dd382942
NW/MVS 08/32 ■ 3 x 04690
Busway (I-Line) selection (1) Cat. No. W600 D400 W200+600 D400 or W800 D400
W600+200 D400
DD800583
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Indoor 630A CFD2306GQFP1 CFD2506GQFP1 CFD2306GQFP2 CFD2506GQFP2
800A CFD2308GQFP1 CFD2508GQFP1 CFD2308GQFP2 CFD2508GQFP2 CFD2308GQFP3 CFD2508GQFP3
2000A CFD2320GQFP1 CFD2320GQFP2 CFD2320GQFP3 CFD2520GQFP3
W600 D1000 W200+600 D1000 or W800 D1000
W600+200 D1000
Outdoor 2500A CFD2325GQFP1 CFD2325GQFP2 CFD2325GQFP3 CFD2525GQFP3
3200A CFD2332GQFP1 CFD2332GQFP2 CFD2332GQFP3 CFD2532GQFP3
4000A CFD2340GQFP3 CFD2540GQFP3
(1) The reference in the selection table are from I-Line busway system. Contact us for further information.
B-5
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated coupling cubicle
Commercial numbers
Device installation Device No.of Mounting Front plate Cut-out upstream Downstream
vert. plate support front plate front plate front plate
mod.
DD800573
DD380836
DD800546
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58878V LSM58928F 2 x LSX58936A 2 x LSX58934A
3P in width = +
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F 2 x LSM58975A 2 x LSM58975A
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58878V LSM58930D 2 x LSX58936A 2 x LSX58934A
3P in width = +
NW/MVS 08/32 36 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D 2 x LSM58975A 2 x LSM58975A

Device Front connectors Spacing rods for flat bars
Dd380838
Dd382942
DD800554
NW/MVS 08/32 ■ 3 x 04690
B-6
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated coupling cubicle
Commercial numbers
Distribution Connection to vertical flat busbars

Device Front Horizontal rear Spacing rods Busbar support
connectors connectors for flat bars
DD383808
Dd380838
Dd380837
Dd382942
Dd380840
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
+ 2 x 04671
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
+ 2 x 04671
■ 04690 2 x LSM58086A
+
2 x LSM58089A
+ 2 x 04671
Connection to vertical Linergy or Linergy Evolution busbars

Device Front Horizontal rear Spacing rods Busbar support
connectors connectors for flat bars
Dd383687
Dd380838
Dd380837
Dd382942
Dd380840
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
+ 2 x 04671(2)
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/25 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
NW/MVS 32 ■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
+ 04671(2)
■ 04690 2 x LSM58089A(1)
+ 04671(2)
(1) For an Icw≥75kA rms, use three free supports (3xLSM58089A).
(2) For an Icw≥75kA rms, use 2x04671.
B-7
Functional units 2 Masterpact NW / EasyPact MVS
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated cubicle
Commercial numbers
Rear connection Upper device

(Upper and lower device) Cable connection
Device Width of enclosure Vertical rear Terminal extension
4P/800 connectors bar support
DD800549
3P/600
Dd380837
Dd380850
NW/MVS 08/32 3P 600mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P 800mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A
Lower device
DD800550
4P/800
3P/600
Cable connection
Device Width of enclosure Vertical rear Terminal extension
connectors bar support
Dd380837
Dd380850
NW/MVS 08/32 3P 600mm ■ 2 x LSM58096A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P 800mm ■ 2 x LSM58097A
Total current rating of the 2NW/2MVS circle breaker in one column should be lower than 3200A.
B-8
Functional units 2 Masterpact NW / EasyPact MVS
System M 08 to 32
Dedicated cubicle
Commercial numbers
Device installation Upper device

Device No.of Mounting Front plate Cut-out front Plain front
vert. plate support plate plate
mod.
DD800565_00
DD380836
DD800546
DD800179
DD381583
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 3P in 15 LSM58878V LSM58928F LSX58931A
width = 600mm cubicles + LSX58934A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P in 15 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58975A
width = 800mm cubicles
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 3P in 15 LSM58878V LSM58930D LSX58931A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P in 15 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D LSM58975A
width = 800mm cubicles
Lower device
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 3P in 21 LSM58878V LSM58928F LSX58931A
+ LSX58936A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P in 21 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58926F LSM58975A
width = 800mm cubicles +
3 x LSM58972A
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 3P in 21 LSM58878V LSM58930D LSX58931A
+ LSX58936A
NW/MVS 08/32 3P/4P in 21 LSM58876V LSM58700A LSM58927D LSM58975A
width = 800mm cubicles +
3 x LSM58972A
Distribution Connection to horizontal busbars (Upper device)

Device Front connectors
Dd380838
DD800551
NW/MVS 08/32 ■
Connection to vertical copper/linergy busbars (Lower device)

Device Front Busbar support
connectors
Dd380838
Dd380840
NW/MVS 08/25 3P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 2 x LSM58089A
4P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 3 x LSM58089A
NW/MVS 32 3P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 2 x LSM58089A + 4 x 04671
4P ■ 2 x LSM58086A + 3 x LSM58089A + 5 x 04671
Connection to vertical linergy evolution busbars (Lower device)

Device Front Busbar support
connectors
Dd380838
Dd380840
NW/MVS 08/25 3P ■ 2 x LSM58089A
4P ■ 3 x LSM58089A
NW/MVS 32 3P ■ 2 x LSM58089A + 2 x 04671
4P ■ 3 x LSM58089A + 3 x 04671
B-9
Functional units Masterpact NT 06 to 16
Toggle and motor mechanism
System M
Commercial numbers
Front connection Cable connection (connection on adapter)

Device Front conn. Arc-chute vert. conn. Cable-lug spacing
cover Adapters adapters rods
DD800201_01
DD380841
DD380842
DD380843
Dd380844
Dd380845
Fixed device
NT06/10 3P ■ 47335 33642
4P ■ 47336 33643
NT12/16 3P ■ 47335 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 47336 33643 33645 04691
Drawout device
NT06/10 3P ■ 33642
4P ■ 33643
NT12/16 3P ■ 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 33643 33645 04691
Cable connection (connection on busbar)

Dd383680_01
Device Vertical rear connectors Terminal extension bar support
DD380849
Dd380850
NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58095A
Rear connection Cable connection (connection on busbar)

DD800545
DD380849
Dd380850
NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58095A (1)
(1) For 1000mm depth rear connection solution, recommend using 3xLSM58095A.
Busway connection (connection on I-Line)

Device Vertical rear Terminal extension 2 side cross-members
DD800575
connectors bar support D=400mm

DD380849
Dd380850
DD800566
NT06/16 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A
Note: for the I-Line busway selection, please refer to page B-5.
B-10
System M
Commercial numbers
Device installation Cable connection (connection on adapter)

Device No.of Mounting Cut-out front customer connection
vert. plate plate connection to busbar
mod. front plate front plate
DD800201_01
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
Front conn. NT06/10 13 LSM58873V LSM58922V LSX58932A LSX58934A
NT12/16 14 LSM58873V LSM58922V LSX58933A LSX58934A
Drawout device
Front connection
Cable connection (connection on busbar)

DD380796_01
Fixed device
Rear conn. NT06/10 11 LSM58873V LSM58922V - LSX58934A
NT12/16 11 LSM58873V LSM58922V - LSX58934A
Drawout device
NT12/16 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V - LSX58934A
Rear Connection

DD800574
Fixed device
NT12/16 11 LSM58873V LSM58922V - LSX58934A
Drawout device
NT12/16 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V - LSX58934A

Device Front connectors Busbar thickness Busbar support
for BB connection
DD380629
Dd380855
Dd380839
Dd380840
NT06/16 ■ 5 2 x LSM58086A
■ 10 LSM58089A
Connection to vertical linergy or linergy evolution busbars

Device Front connectors Busbar support for BB
connection
DD380648
Dd380855
Dd380840
NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58089A
B-11
Dedicated cubicle
System M
Commercial numbers

DD800553
DD380841
DD380842
DD380843
Dd380844
Dd380845
Fixed device
NT06/10 3P ■ 47335 33642
4P ■ 47336 33643
NT12/16 3P ■ 47335 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 47336 33643 33645 04691
Drawout device
NT06/10 3P ■ 33642
4P ■ 33643
NT12/16 3P ■ 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 33643 33645 04691

DD800554
DD380849
Dd380850
NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58095A

DD800545
DD380849
Dd380850
Fixed device
NT06/16 ■ 2 x LSM58095A (1)
(1) For 1000mm depth rear connection solution, recommend using 3xLSM58095A.

DD800575

DD380849
Dd380850
DD800566
NT06/16 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A
B-12
Dedicated cubicle
System M
Commercial numbers
Device installation Device No.of Mounting plate Cut-out front upstream front Downstream
vert. plate plate front plate
mod.
DD800573
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
+ LSX58934A +
3 x LSX58936A
Drawout device
+
3 x LSX58936A
+ LSX58934A +
3 x LSX58936A

Device Front connectors Flange for flat bars
(connection to horizontal busbar)
DD382671
Dd380855
Dd382668
Fixed device
NT06/16 ■ 04692
Drawout device
NT06/16 ■ 2 x 04692
Connection to horizontal linergy evolution busbars

Dd380855
Dd382668
NT06/16 ■ 04692
B-13
Functional units Compact NS 630b to 1600
System M
Commercial numbers

DD800547
DD380841
DD380842
DD380843
Dd380844
Dd380845
Fixed device
NS630b/1000 3P ■ 33596 33642
4P ■ 33597 33643
NS1250/1600 3P ■ 33596 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 33597 33643 33645 04691
Drawout device
NS630b/1000 3P ■ 33642
4P ■ 33643
NS1250/1600 3P ■ 33642 33644 04691
4P ■ 33643 33645 04691

DD800548
DD380849
Dd380850
NS630b/1600 ■ 2 x LSM58095A

DD800575

DD380849
Dd380850
DD800566
NS630b/1600 ■ 4 x LSM58095A 2 x LSM58440A
B-14
System M
Commercial numbers
Device installation Device No.of Mounting Cut-out front customer connection

DD800202_01
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
Front conn. NS630b/1000 13 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58932A LSX58934A
NS1250/1600 14 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58933A LSX58934A
Rear conn. NS630b/1000 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V LSX58934A
NS1250/1600 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V LSX58934A
Drawout device
Front connection
Front conn. NS630b/1000 15 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58932A LSX58933A
NS1250/1600 17 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58933A LSX58934A
Rear conn. NS630b/1000 13 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58933A
DD380796_01
NS1250/1600 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) LSX58934A

(1) Since the size of cutout, escutcheon is requested.
Rear Connection
Device No.of Mounting Cut-out front customer connection
DD800574
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
Rear conn. NS630b/1000 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V - LSX58934A
NS1250/1600 11 LSM58874V LSM58916V - LSX58934A
Drawout device
Rear conn. NS630b/1000 13 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) - LSX58933A
NS1250/1600 14 LSM58873V LSM58917V (1) - LSX58934A
(1) Since the size of cutout, escutcheon is requested.

Device Front connectors Busbar thickness Busbar support
for BB connection
DD380629
Dd380855
Dd380840
Dd380839
NS630b/1600 ■ 5 2 x LSM58086A
■ 10 LSM58089A
Connection to vertical linergy or linergy evolution busbars

DD380648
Device Front connectors Busbar support for BB

connection
Dd380855
Dd380840
NS630b/1600 ■ 2 x LSM58089A
B-15
Dedicated cubicle
System M
Commercial numbers
mod.
DD800573
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
NS630b/1600 36 LSM58872V LSM58916V LSX58933A LSX58934A
Front conn. + LSX58934A +
3 x LSX58936A
Rear conn. + LSX58934A +
3 x LSX58936A
Drawout device
Front conn. +
3 x LSX58936A
Rear conn. + LSX58934A +
3 x LSX58936A

DD382671
Dd380855
Dd382668
Fixed device
NS10 - 2 x 04692
Connection to horizontal linergy evolution busbars

Dd380855
Dd382668
Fixed device
NS06/16 - 04692
Drawout device
NS06/16 ■ 04692
B-16
Dedicated cubicle
System M
Commercial numbers
Front connection Device Front connectors Vertical-connection Terminal extension

adapters bar support
DD800549
DD380851
Dd380850
Fixed device
NS1600b/3200 3P ■ 33975 2 x LSM58096A
Rear connection Device Front connectors Vertical-connection Terminal extension

adapters bar support
DD800552
DD380851
Dd380850
Fixed device
NS1600b/3200 3P ■ 33975 3 x LSM58096A
mod.
DD800573
DD380836
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
Fixed device
NS1600b / 36 LSM58872V LSM58929V LSX58936A 2 x LSX58936A
3200 3P + LSX58934A + LSX58934A
+ LSX58933A

Device Flange for bars
DD800549
DD382942
Fixed device
NS1600b/3200 3P 2 x 04690
B-17
Functional units Compact NSX 400 to 630 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker Front connection Control Type
NSX400 / 630 direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in

DD800204
by flexible bars / direct rotary handle (3)

Vigi NSX400 / 630 direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front connection Control Type
per row
NSX400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in

DD800555

2 x 3P, 2 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
NSX630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
Vigi NSX400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
Vigi NSX630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
Accessories For the rear connection unit accessories.
3
LV432475
LV432476
LV432584/LV432585
NSX 400/630 3P NSX 400/630 4P

2xLV432475+LV432476+LV432584 2xLV432475+2xLV432476+LV432584
LV432475
LV432476
LV432584/LV432585
2
NSX 400/630 3P NSX 400/630 4P
B-18
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
No. of pole No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate

(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800338
3P 4 LSM58869H 4 modules LSM58894H
No. of Connection No. of Mounting plate Front plate

pole vertical cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar
modules
DD800179
DD800181
DD800180
(1 module =
50 mm)
3 / 4P Front 11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A
3 / 4P Front 11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A
3 / 4P Front 13(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 modules(2) LSX58931A 3 modules LSX58933A
3 / 4P Front 15(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 3 module(2) LSX58933A 3 modules LSX58933A
3 / 4P Front 15(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 3 module(2) LSX58933A 3 modules LSX58933A
(1) Motor mechanism is not available when installed with plug-in.

(2) Size reduced 1 module downstream for rear access.
(3) Direct rotary handle plug in is not available in 400mm deep framework when installed with
plug-in.
B-19
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of devices per row Front connection Control
NSX100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary handle

DD800204
1 x 4P
Vigi NSX100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary handle
1 x 4P
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front Control Type
per row connection
toggle / direct rotary

DD800205
NSX100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables fixed / plug-in

handle
NSX250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle
Vigi NSX100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle
Vigi NSX250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle

DD800541
LV429235
3
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P
LV429235
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P

B-20
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Type No. of pole No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate
(1 module = 50 mm) cut-out
DD800179
fixed / plug-in 3P 3 LSM58864H 3 modules LSX58893H
4P 4 LSM58865H 4 modules LSX58904H
No. of No. of Mounting plate Front plate Blanking strip

pole vertical cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar
modules
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
(1 module =
50 mm)
3 / 4P 8(1) LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58902V 2 modules(1) LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58751A
3 / 4P 9(1) LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58902V 2 modules(1) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A LSX58751A
3 / 4P 11(1) LSM58866V 7 modules LSX58903V 2 modules(1) LSX58932A 2 moudules LSX58932A LSX58751A
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-21
Functional units Compact NSXm 160
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front connec- Control Type
per row tion
NSXm 160 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle fixed

DD800608
NSXm 160 1 x 4P
NSXm Vigi 1 x 3P / 4P
(ELCB) 160
NSXm 160 1 x 3P direct rotary
NSXm 160 1 x 4P handle
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front connec- Control Type
per row tion
NSXm 160 5 x 3P, 4 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed

DD800609
NSXm Vigi 4x 3P / 4P
(ELCB) 160
NSXm 160 5 x 3P direct rotary
NSXm 160 4 x 4P handle
B-22
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers

DD800610
DD800179
4P 3 3 modules LSX58958H
3P / 4P 3 3 modules LSX58958H
No. of pole No. of verti- Mounting plate Front plate Blanking

cal modules cut-out + upstream + downstream strip
(1 module =
DD800611
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
50 mm)
3P / 4P 8 LSM58831V 5 modules LSX58885A 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

3P / 4P 8 5 modules LSX58885A 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A
3P 8 5 modules LSM58963V 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A

4P 8 5 modules LSX58961V 2 module LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A -
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-23
Modular devices
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of Horizontal Front connection No. of pole
modules per row
NSXm 160 48 direct by cables 3 / 4P

DD800614
NSXm Vigi 48 direct by cables 3 / 4P

(ELCB) 160
B-24
Modular devices
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
No. of vertical Modular device rail Front plate Blanking

modules cut-out + upstream + downstream strip
(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
8 LSM58854A 5 modules LSX58885A 2 modules LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A
8 LSM58854A 5 modules LSX58885A 2 modules LSX58932A 1 module LSX58931A LSX58621A
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-25
Functional units EasyPact CVS 400 to 630 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker Front connection Control Type
CVS400 / 630 direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in

DD800392

Vigi CVS400 / 630 direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
per row connection
CVS400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in

DD800395

2 x 3P, 2 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / direct rotary handle (3) fixed / plug-in
by flexible bars motor mechanism (1)
CVS630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor mechanism (1) fixed / plug-in
by flexible bars motor mechanism (1)
Vigi CVS400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / direct rotary handle (3) fixed / plug-in
by flexible bars
by flexible bars
Vigi CVS630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / direct rotary handle (3) fixed / plug-in
by flexible bars
by flexible bars

DD800541
LV429235
3
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P
LV429235
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P

B-26
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers

(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800338
No. of pole No. of vertical Mounting plate Front plate

modules cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar
(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800179
DD800181
DD800180
3 / 4P 11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A
3 / 4P 11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V - - 2 modules LSX58932A

1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A
3 / 4P 13(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 2 modules(2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A

2 modules(2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A

(3) Direct rotary handle plug in is not available in 400mm deep framework when installed with
plug-in.
B-27
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of devices per row Front connection Control
CVS100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary

DD800392
1 x 4P handle
Vigi CVS100 / 250 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary
1 x 4P handle
per row connection
CVS100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in

DD800395
handle
CVS250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle
Vigi CVS100 / 160 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle
Vigi CVS250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle / direct rotary fixed / plug-in
handle

DD800541
LV429235
3
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P
LV429235
LV429236
1
LV429306/LV429307
2
CVS 100/160/250 3P CVS 100/160/250 4P

B-28
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Type No. of pole No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate
DD800179
No. of pole No. of vertical Mounting plate Front plate Blanking strip
modules cut-out + customer connection + connection busbar
(1 module =
DD800179
DD800181
DD800180
50 mm)
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-29
Functional units Easypact EZC from 100 to 630 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
per row connection
EZC250 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed

DD800219
EZC400/630 1 x 3P direct by cables toggle / motor fixed / plug-in

or by flexible mechanism (1) /
bars direct rotary
handle
Direct connection to horizontal Easypact 250 A
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front Control Type No. of pole
per row connection
EZC100 5 x 3P direct by cables toggle fixed 3P

DD800396
EZC250 4 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables toggle fixed 3 / 4P

EZC400 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor fixed / plug-in 3 / 4P
by flexible bars mechanism (1) /
direct rotary handle
L 2 x 3P, 2 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor fixed / plug-in 3 / 4P
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
B

A
EZC630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor fixed / plug-in 3 / 4P

2 x 3P, 2 x 4P direct by cables or toggle / motor fixed / plug-in 3 / 4P
Direct connection to vertical Easypact 100 A
Accessories For the functional unit accessories, see page B-59.

DD383974
T
LIGH
B-30
Functional units Easypact EZC from 100 to 630 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers

DD800179
3 P 3 LSM58856H 3 modules LSX58888H
No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate Blanking strip

(1 module = 50 mm) cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar L=1000 mm
DD800181
DD800180
DD800179
5 LSM58855V 5 modules LSX58886V - - LSX58752A

9 LSM58855V 9 modules LSX58889V - - LSX58752A
11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A -
11(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V - - 2 modules LSX58932A -

1 module(2) LSX58931A 1 module LSX58931A
13(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58921V 2 modules(2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A -
13(2) LSM58871V 9 modules LSX58907V 1 module(2) LSX58931A 3 modules LSX58933A -

2 modules(2) LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-31
Functional units Interpact INS 250 to 1600 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of devices Front Control No. of pole
per row connection
INS250 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3 / 4P

DD800522
INS320 / 630 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3 / 4P
Interpact INS250-630
per row connection
DD800523
INS250 3 x 3P, 3 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3 / 4P

INS630b / 1600 1 x 3P, 1 x 4P direct by cables direct front rotary handle 3P
4P
Interpact INS250-630

DD383974
T
LIGH
B-32
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate

DD800179
4 LSM58865H 4 modules LSX58901H
5 LSM58870H 5 modules LSM58910H
No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate

(1 module = 50 mm) cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar
DD800179
DD800180
DD800181
9 LSM58866V 5 modules LSX58905V 2 modules LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A

14 LSM58872V 6 modules LSM58918V 4 modules LSX58934A 4 modules LSX58934A
14 LSM58872V 6 modules LSM58919V 4 modules LSX58934A 4 modules LSX58934A
B-33
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Transfer switch equipment General

To ensure the supply of energy at all times, certain electrical installations are
DD381669
connected to two sources:

bb the normal source
bb the replacement source that steps in to supply the installation if the normal source
is not available.
A mechanical and/or electrical interlocking system between two Interpact switch-
disconnectors or Compact circuit breakers (or a mixture) avoids simultaneous
connection of the two sources during switching.
The transfer switch equipment system can be:
bb manual when the devices are mechanically interlocked,
bb remote operated when there is also an electrical interlocking system,
bb automatic, by adding an automatic controller that manages switching from one
source to another according to a number of external parameters.
Remote-operated transfer switch equipment system

This is the most commonly used system. No human intervention is required.
The transfer from the normal to the replacement source is managed electrically.
A remote-operated transfer switch equipment system is made up of two or three
devices linked by an electrical interlocking system implemented in a number of
manners. Device control is backed up by a mechanical interlocking system that
protects against the consequences of an electrical malfunction and inhibits incorrect
manual operation.
Automatic transfer switch equipment system

When a remote-operated transfer switch equipment system is combined with an
automatic controller, the sources can be controlled automatically according to a
number of programmed operating modes.
This solution provides optimum energy management:
bb switching to a replacement source depending on any external conditions,
bb management of sources,
bb regulation,
bb emergency source replacement, etc.
A communications function for dialogue with a supervisor is available for the
automatic controller.
Possible combinations Combination of Compact “Normal” and “Replacement” source

devices
DD800281
Normal N Replacement R
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630
NSX100
Ratings 12.5… 100 A b b b
NSX160
NSX250
NSX400
Ratings 160… 400 A b b
NSX630
Ratings 250… 630 A b b
Horizontal NS100 / 630.
Combination of “Normal” and “Replacement” source devices

(interlocking via cables)
Normal N Replacement R
NS630b to 1600 NT08 to NT16 NW/MVS08 to
NW/MVS32
NS630b to 1600 b
NT08 to NT16 b b
NS630b/1600 device one above the other, mechanical

interlocking using cables.
B-34
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Addition of an automatic When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP
mounting plate, the sources can be controlled automatically according to a number
controller of programmed operating modes.
DD381533
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
B-35
Functional units Transfer switch equipment
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
ATS Vertical installation

Circuit breaker Front connection Control No. of poles
Compact NSX100 / 160 / 250 direct by cables front control 3P

DD800281
4P
Compact NSX400 / 630 direct by cables front control 3P
4P

DD383974
T
LIGH
B-36
Functional units Transfer switch equipment
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
No. of vertical modules Mounting plate(1) Front plate Set of 2 long terminal Shield for spreaders
(1 module = 50 mm) shields
cut-out
DD800179
8 LSM58850H 8 modules LSM58950H 29323 -
8 LSM58850H 8 modules LSM58950H 29324 -
10 LSM58851H 10 modules LSM58951H 32564 32582
10 LSM58851H 10 modules LSM58951H 32565 32583
(1) Order IVE electrical interlocking unit and coupling accessories (see devices catalogue).
ATS control unit front plate only for Compact NSX.

Add an automatic controller If need to be used for WTS, please add a plain front plate of 3M. And the hole on the
front plate will be opened by customer.
Automatic controller No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate

(1 module = 50 mm)
ATS control unit 4 LSM58850H LSM58952V
B-37
Functional units Fupact INF 32 to 800 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
per row connection
INF32 / 40 4 x 3P direct by cables front control 3P

DD383586
INF63 3 x 3P direct by cables front control 3P

Fupact INF32 / 40
DD383587
G
F
E
D
G
F
E
D
Fupact INF100 / 160

DD383974
T
LIGH
B-38
Functional units Fupact INF 32 to 800 A
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
No. of vertical modules Mounting plate Front plate Long terminal

(1 module = 50 mm) cut-out + customer connection + connection to busbar shield
DD800181
DD800180
DD800179
4 LSM58862V 4 modules LSX58895V - - -
5 LSM58862V 5 modules LSX58896V - - 1 x 49658
9 LSM58862V 5 modules LSX58897V 2 modules LSX58932A 2 modules LSX58932A 6 x 49659
9 LSM58863V 6 modules LSX58898V 1 module LSX58931A 2 modules LSX58932A 6 x 49255
11 LSM58863V 6 modules LSX58898V 2 modules LSX58932A 3 modules LSX58933A 6 x 49257
Mandatory.
Optional.
B-39
Functional units Capacitor bank
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Vertical installation in dedicated bb The capacitor banks are installed in a width 600 or 600+200 mm cubicle. For
Varplus Can, it requires a W800mm D600mm cubicle.
cubicle bb Each cubicle can be equipped with up to 2 Varplus can power factor correction
modules.They will be positioned one above the other.
bb Each Varplus can power factor correction modules can be equipped with up to ten
Varplus can units and four 250A breakers to have 4 steps power factor correction
control.
Capacitor No. of vertical modules IP Ventilation Power
(1 module = 50 mm) solution (kVar / per cubicle)
Varplus can 10 30 natural y 350
54 forced y 350
DD800283
600/800
138
138
1866
292
292
180
261.5
85
495
Dimension of cutout on the door Varplus can installation
B-40
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Mounting plate Door Filter Ventilation roof + Sealing cover

Fan(1) 360 m3 / per hour
LSM58833A LSM58428A NSYCAG291LPF32 (3) - -
LSM58833A LSM58429A NSYCAG291LPF32 (3) LSM58710A + NSYCVF575M230MF -
(1) The cut-out on the roof for the installation of the fan has to be made by the customer.
(2) The cover for the Varlogic com.no. 17644 is recommanded.
(3) The customer make the cutout on the plain door .
Fan + Fan +
Ventilation roof Ventilation roof
Ventilation hole
on back panel
Power factor
regulator cut Power factor Power factor
regulator cut regulator cut
Sealing
cover
IP30/IP31
IP30 back panel
Ventilation hole
on back panel Fiter on
the door
Filter Filter
Ventilation
hole IP30
Sealing
cover IP31
IP30 IP30 / IP31 IP54

(Natutal ventilation) (Forced ventilation) (Forced ventilation)
B-41
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Vertical installation in dedicated bb The capacitor banks are installed in a width 600 or 600+200 mm cubicle. For
Varplus Can, it requires a W800mm D600mm cubicle.
cubicle bb Each cubicle can be equipped with up to 5 VarplusCan power factor correction
Modules (100 kvar) or up to 4 VarplusCan with self power factor correction Modules
(50 kvar), positioned one above the other.
bb The cubicle has a ventilated roof that can be equipped with one or two fans.
bb The door has cut-outs, one for the Varplus logicVPL power factor controller and
another in the bottom for a filter.
Configuration No. of vertical modules IP Ventilation Power
(1 module = 50 mm) solution (kVar / per cubicle)
Varplus can + 6M 54 forced 200
reactor
Varplus can 6M 54 forced 500
600/800 600/800
138
138
1866
1866
292 292
292
292
261.5
261.5
495
85
125 55
55 60
85
Dimension of cutout on Rear panels Dimension of cutout on the door Varplus can with/without reactor installation
B-42
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Mounting plate Door + Filter/outlet grill (1) Rera panel + Outlet grill (2) Ventilation roof + Fan (3)
LSM58848A LSM58429A + NSYCVF850M230PF LSM58419A LSM58710A + NSYCAC228RMF x 2
LSM58848A LSM58429A + NSYCAG291LPF LSM58419A + NSYCAG291LPF LSM58710A + NSYCVF575M230MF x 2
(1) The customer make the cutout on the plain door .fan with filter NSYCVF850M230PF for 200kvar,outlet grill NSYCAG291LPF for 500kvar.
(2) The customer make the cutout on Rear panel only for 500kvar.
(3) The cut-out on the roof for the installation of the fan has to be made by the customer.2 top hood without fan for 200kvar,2 fan + top hood for 500kvar.
(4) Cut-out on the door are designed for new controller Varplus logicVPL .
2 top hood 2 fan +

without fan toop hood
DD800600
Power factor Power factor

regulator cut regulator cut
Fan with filter Outlet grill

Outlet grill
200kvar IP54 500kvar IP54

(Forced ventilation) (Forced ventilation) Standard cubicle supplied via the bottom
B-43
Functional units Widths of modular devices
System M
Commercial numbers
All the devices listed below can be mounted on:

bb modular device rail
bb adjustable modular rail
bb modular rail, length =1600 mm
Modular, plain or transparent front plates are available in this catalogue.
Widths of Multi 9/Acti 9 devices (in number of 9 mm modules)

Description Width in 9 mm
1P 1P + N 3P 4P
2P 3P + N
Alarm, ATo4x technical 8
Ammeter, AMP analogue 8
Ammeter, multi-rating 4
Ammeter, AMP digital 4
Auxiliaries, for ID, C60, C120 1-2-4
Auxiliaries, for C32H-DC 1-2
Auxiliaries, NO / NF 2
Auxiliaries, ACTp and ACT for contactor 2
Auxiliaries, ACTo+f for contactor 1
Auxiliaries, NTVo and TTVo for remote dimmer 2
Bell or buzzer 2
Circuit breaker D’clic, D’clic XE 2
Circuit breaker D’clic Vigi 4
Circuit breaker DT40, DT40N 2 6
Circuit breaker DT40 Vigi 4
Circuit breaker C32H-DC 4
Circuit breaker C60, iC60 / N / H / L / LMA, iK60N 2 4 6 8
Circuit breaker C120 / N / H 3 6 9 12
Circuit breaker NG125 3 6 9 12
Auxiliary 2 OF or OF + SD 1
Auxiliary MX + OF or MN 2
Auxiliary MN s 4
Circuit breaker NG125 Vigi s 11 18 21
Circuit breaker NG125 Vigi I / S / R 11 20 23
Circuit breaker P25 M 5
Auxiliary MN 1
Auxiliaries MX + OF 2
Circuit breaker, Reflex, XC40 8 10 12
Contactor, CT 16 / 25 A 2 2 4 4
Contactor, CT 40 / 63 / 100 A 4-6 4-6 6-12
Contactor, ACTc auxiliary 2
Contactor, CDS 1-ph load shedder 10
Contactor, CDSc 1-ph load shedder 16
Contactor, CDS 3-ph load shedder 16
Contactor, CT+ silent 2
Cooling spacer 1
Counter, CI pulse 4
Counter, CH time 4
Dimmer, Vo1000 10
Extension , ETL for TL impulse relay 2
Extension, ERL 2
Frequency meter, FREQ 4
Impulse relay, TL 16 A and 32 A, ETL 16 and 32 A 2 2
Impulse relay, TLI 16 A andTLc 2
Impulse relay, TLm and TLs 2
Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATLc+c and ATLc+s 2
Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATLt and ATLz 2
Impulse relay auxiliaries, ATL4 4
Impulse relay, TL+ silent 2
Insulation monitor, SM21 8
Kilowatt-hour meter, CE, CEr 12
Load shedder, DSE’clic 2-channel 6
Load shedder, DSE’clic 4-channel 8
Multimeter PM9 8
Optical repeater, RPo 2+2
Power socket, PC, 10 A and 16 A 5
Power socket, PC, 20 A 8
B-44
Functional units Widths of modular devices
System M
Commercial numbers
Widths of Multi 9/Acti 9 devices (in number of 9 mm modules)

Description Width in 9 mm
1P 1P + N 3P 4P
2P 3P + N
Pushbuttons 2
Rccb, ID’clic 4
Rccb, ID’clic XE 4
Regulator, REGad1 / REGad2 12
Relay, RBN low level 2
Switch disconnector, INS 40 to 80 A 10 10
Switch disconnector, INS 100 to 160 A 15 15
B-45
Functional units Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A
System M NG 125
Modular devices
Commercial numbers Selection table
Circuit breaker No. of horizontal Front No. of No. of Modular device
modules per row connection pole vertical rail (1)
modules
DD800040
(1 module
= 50 mm)
Multi 9 ≤ 63 A 48 direct by cables 1P 3 LSM58853A
DD380771
Acti 9 ≤ 63 A 2P 3 LSM58853A
3P 3 LSM58853A
4P 3 LSM58853A
by multiclip 2P 4 LSM58853A
3P 4 LSM58853A
4P 4 LSM58853A
NG125 48 direct by cables 1P 4 LSM58853A

DD382416
2P 4 LSM58853A
3P 4 LSM58853A
4P 4 LSM58853A
by distribloc 1P 5 LSM58853A
2P 5 LSM58853A
3P 5 LSM58853A
4P 5 LSM58853A

DD383974
T
LIGH
Distribution solutions For the distribution solutions, see page C-8.

DD800308
DD800309
Rear busbars. Multi-stage busbars.

DD381308
Distribloc distribution block
B-46
Functional units Multi 9/Acti 9 ≤ 63 A
System M NG 125
Modular devices
Front plate Blanking strip Upstream connection Distribution accessories(4)

cut-out L=1000 mm 12 horizontal 4 covers 12 trunking
DD800187
cable straps L = 430 mm supports
DD800186
Multiclip 200 A(2) or Distribloc(3)

3 modules LSX58883A LSX58621A - - 04239 04243 04255
4 modules LSX58884A LSX58621A LSX58052A - 04239 04243 04255


04239 04243 04255
5 modules LSX58885A LSX58621A - 04045 04239 04243 04255
04239 04243 04255
Mandatory.
Optional.
Note:
(1) Capacity of modular rail: 48 Multi 9/Acti 9 modules (1 Multi 9/Acti 9 modules = 9 mm).
(2) Add 1 upstream plain plate (LSX58931A) when a modular row with a 200 A Multiclip
distribution block is positioned:
b directly below a non-modular mounting plate (Compact, Interpact, etc);
b at the top of a switchboard.
Add one vertical module (i.e. 4+1) = 5 M.
(3) When NG125 circuit breaker is incomer.
(4) See page C-56.
B-47
Functional units INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors
Modular devices
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Circuit breaker No. of Front No. of No. of Adjustable device
horizontal connection pole vertical rail
modules modules
DD800039
per row (1 module
= 50 mm)
INS 40 / 63 / 80 48 direct by cables 3P 3 LSM58854A
DD800289
4P 3 LSM58854A
by multiclip 3P 4 LSM58854A
4P 4 LSM58854A
INS 100 / 125 / 160 48 direct by cables 3P 4 LSM58854A
4P 4 LSM58854A
by multiclip 3P 5(2) LSM58854A
by distribloc 4P 5(2) LSM58854A

DD383974
T
LIGH
Distribution solutions For the distribution solutions, see page C-8.

DD8003081
DD8003091
Rear busbars. Multi-stage busbars.

DD381308
Distribloc distribution block
B-48
Functional units INS 40 / 160 switch disconnectors
Modular devices
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Front plate Blanking strip Upstream connection Distribution accessories

L=1000 mm
DD800187
cut-out 12 horizontal 4 covers 12 trunking
cable straps L = 430 mm supports
DD800186
Multiclip 200 A(1) or Distribloc

5 modules(2) LSX58885A LSX58621A LSX58053A 04045 04239 04243 04255
5 modules(2) LSX58885A LSX58621A LSX58054A 04045 04239 04243 04255
Mandatory.
Optional.
Note:
(1) Add 1 upstream plain plate (LSX58931A) when a modular row with a 200 A Multiclip
distribution block is positioned:
b directly below a non-modular mounting plate (Compact, Interpact, etc);
b at the top of a switchboard.
Add one vertical module (i.e. 4+1) = 5 M.
(2) With Long terminal shield (28958), order with device.
B-49
Functional units Industrial and control devices
Motor control up to 45kw
System M
LV/LV tranformers
Circuit breaker + Contactors up to 45kw NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)
NSX 100-MA 8
DD383554
LC1D115 / LC1E120 8
LC1D95 / LC1E95 5
LC1D40 / LC1E40 3
TeSys D / EasyPact TVS contactors NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)

TeSys D / EasyPact TVS contactors ≤ 95A 3
DD381169
TeSys D contactors ≤ 115A 4

EasyPact TVS contactors ≤ 120A 4
TeSys D GV2 / EasyPact TVS Circuit breaker NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)
TeSys D GV2 ≤ 40A (Side by side) 3
DD381164
EasyPact TVS GZ1E ≤ 32A (Side by side)
TeSys D GV2 / EasyPact TVS circuit breaksers + Series D contactors NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)
TeSys D GV2 + LC1D ( ≤ 40A) 5
DD381165
EasyPact TVS GZ1E + LC1E ( ≤ 32A)

5
Soft starter up to 45kw NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)

ATS48D17 ATS48D47 ATS48C11 8
DD800221
ATS48D22 ATS48D62 ATS48C14

ATS48D32 ATS48D75 ATS48C17
ATS48D38 ATS48D88 8
Variable speed drive up to 45kw NO. of vertical modules(1 module=50mm)

ATV61H075M3 ATV61H075N4 ATV71H037M3 ATV71H075N4 8
DD800221
ATV61HU15M3 ATV61HU15N4 ATV71H075M3 ATV71HU15N4

ATV61HU22M3 ATV61HU22N4 ATV71HU15M3 ATV71HU22N4
ATV61HU40M3 ATV61HU40N4 ATV71HU30M3 ATV71HU40N4 8
ATV61HD11N4 ATV71HD75M3 ATV71HD11N4
ATV61HD11M3X ATV61HD15N4 ATV71HD11M3X ATV71HD15N4 12
ATV61HD15M3X ATV61HD18N4 ATV71HD15M3X ATV71HD18N4
12
ATV61HD18M3X ATV61HD22N4 ATV71HD18M3X ATV71HD22N4 12
ATV61HD37M3X ATV71HD37M3X
ATV61HD45M3X ATV71HD45M3X
LV/LV transformers NO. of vertical modules (1 module=50mm)

LV/LV transformers 4
DD381169
12
Accessories For the function unit and front plate accessories, see page B-59.
DD383974
T
LIGH
B-50
Functional units Industrial and control devices
Motor control up to 45kw
System M
LV/LV tranformers
Mounting plate Front plate Optional Comments

LSM58866V LSX58932A LSX58751A Number of device 4x3P or 3x4P
LSX58902V
LSX58931A
2xLSM58845A LSX58936A + LSX58932A
LSM58845A LSX58934A + LSX58931A
LSM58853A(1) LSX58933A

LSM58854A LSX58933A
LSM58845A LSX58934A
LSM58845A LSX58964T Transparent front plate

LSM58853A(1) LSX58933A

LSM58854A(1) LSX58964T Transparent front plate
LSX58931A
LSM58854A(1) LSX58934A LSX58876A
LSX58931A

2xLSM58845A LSX58931A
LSX58966T
LSX58931A
2xLSM58845A 2xLSX58934A LSX58776A

2xLSM58845A LSX58931A
LSX58966T
LSX58931A
2xLSM58845A 2xLSX58934A LSX58776A
LSM58846A 2xLSX58966T
LSM58846A 2xLSX58936A LSX58776A
LSM58846A No front plate

LSM58845A LSX58934A
2xLSM58845A 2xLSX58934A
LSM58846A 2xLSX58936A
(1)Capacity of modular rail: 48 Multi9 modules (1 Multi 9 module=9mm).
B-51
Functional units Human / Machine device
72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Presentation Dedicated front plates are available for 72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices.

It is installed in the device zone.
Blanking plate are available to blank off any unused locations.

They have knock-outs to fit lights, push-buttons, etc..
72 x 72 mm and 96 x 96 mm devices can be directly adapted on plain door: cut-out to

be made by the customer.
The degree of protection for installed devices is IP30.

To maintain the IP54 degree of protection, the devices must be installed behind a
transparent door.
DD800222
DD800223
Front plate of 72x72 mm diameter Front plate of 96x96 mm diameter
for 6 devices. for 4 devices.
72 x 72 mm measurement Designation Com. no.

devices Metal front plate with cut-outs, 3 modules (for six 72 x 72 mm devices) LSX58956A
Blanking plate (for 72 x 72 mm hole) LSX58961A
DD381689
DD382637
The blanking plates have knock-outs:

bb 3 holes, 22 mm diameter,
bb 1 hole, 45 x 45 mm.
96 x 96 mm measurement Designation Com. no.

devices Metal front plate with cut-outs, 3 modules (for four 96 x 96 mm devices) LSX58955A
Blanking plate (for 96 x 96 mm hole) LSX58960A
DD381711
DD382637
The blanking plates have knock-outs:

bb 3 holes, 22 mm diameter,
bb 1 hole, 45 x 45 mm,
bb 1 hole, 72 x 72 mm.
Hinge kit It is possible to equip the human / machine front plates with a front plate hinge kit (4
hinges + 2 plug + 2 earth braid).
DD800210
Designation Com. no.

Front plate hinge kit LSX58776A
B-52
Functional units The energy management
Functional units
Commercial numbers
FDM121 Mounting
Number of devices per row 4
No. of vertical modules 3
Cut-out front plate LSX58955A
Characteristics bb Standard door cut-out 96 x 96 mm
bb Attached using clips
FDM128
Mounting
No. of vertical modules 4 5
Front plate LSX58934A LSX58935A
Characteristics bb The cut-out on the plate has to be made by the customer
Power meter
Mounting
Number of devices per row 4
Cut-out front plate LSX58955A
Characteristics bb Standard door cut-out 96 x 96 mm
bb Attached using clips
IFM
Mounting
Rail LSM58853A
Modular front plate LSX58884A
Characteristics Installation by clip on a DIN rail
B-53
Functional units The energy management
Functional units
Commercial numbers
I/O application module Mounting
I3
vC
I4
I5
C
I6 No. of vertical modules 4
I2
C
Rail LSM58853A
I1
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1

+ C
24VD

A1
O1
A1
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
IFE
Mounting
+24V
0V

Eth1
Eth2
Rail LSM58853A
Smartlink Ethernet
Mounting
and Smartlink Modbus No. of vertical modules 4
Rail LSM58853A
D1 D0
0V Characteristics bb Installation in wall mounted enclosure or cubicle of 24
modules of 18 mm width
100/AC
T
COM
LK/10-
ORK
NETW S R
COM STATU RNET
ETHE
bb Mounting on DIN rail with A8XMFA04 kit

STATU
8
AI2 24V
7 0V AI1
Q 24V +24V0V
I2
6 0V
I1
bb Linergy FM 80 A with clips supplied

Q 24V
5 0V
I1
I2 8
Q 24V
4 I1
I2 7
0V
Q 24V
3 I1
I2 6
0V
bb Linergy FM 200 A with a mounting kit A8XM2B04

Q 24V
2 I1
I2 5
0V
Q 24V
1 I1
I2 4
0V
Q 24V
I1
I2 3
0V
2
1
Com’X 200
Mounting
Rail LSM58853A
ER
POW
230V
100- ER
Turn off all power before working on this equipment.
POW
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DANGER
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
ER
POW
EB
100
X2
-230
24V V
~
00
50/6 1.2A 0.6A
0 Hz
’X 200
Com
or serious injury.
Mad
e in
GER
MAN
Y
Com’X 200
Mounting
Rail LSM58853A
B-54
Functional units Other devices
For all type of device
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Installation on modular rail Designation Useful length (mm) Com. no.

Adjustable modular device rail 432 LSM58854A
DD380505
2 modular device rails(1) 1600 04226

M modular device rail 432 LSM58853A
(1) Can be mounted on universal angle brackets or on cross-members or on cable-tie.
Adjustable modular device rail (LSM58854A).

DD381185
Modular rail, L=1600 mm (04226).
Installation on slotted plate Slotted mounting plate with 4 side cross-members(1)

Designation No. of vertical modules Com. no.
(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800221
Slotted mounting plate 4 LSM58845A

12 LSM58846A
(1) Not compulsory, slotted mounting plates can be installed without side cross-members on the
back of the frame.
Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates (for device fixing)

20 M4 clip-nuts for slotted mounting plate 03180
20 M5 clip-nuts for slotted mounting plate 03181
20 slotted mounting plate clip-nuts M6 03182
DD381312
B-55
Functional units Other devices
For all type of device
System M
Selection table
Commercial numbers
Installation on plain backplate Designation No. of vertical modules Com. no.

(1 module = 50 mm)
DD800524
Plain backplate 36 LSM58847A

Note: available depth of the plain backplate is 400mm for both 400mm and 600mm depth
enclosures.
Cut-out front plate for Designation No. of vertical modules Com. no.
(1 module = 50 mm)
modular devices Front plate for modular devices 3 LSX58883A
4 LSX58884A
DD800161
5 LSX58885A
Blanking strip (for blanking off unused locations)

Blanking strip modular device, L = 1000 mm LSX58621A
DD380805
B-56
Functional units Reserve space
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Plain front plate Designation No. of vertical modules (1 module = 50 mm) Cat. no.
Plain front plate W=600mm 1 LSX58931A
DD381583
2 LSX58932A
3 LSX58933A
4 LSX58934A
5 LSX58935A
6 LSX58936A
Plain front plate W=800mm 1 LSM58971A
2 LSM58972A
3 LSM58973A
4 LSM58974A
5 LSM58975A
6 LSM58976A
Transparent front plate Designation No. of vertical modules (1 module = 50 mm) Cat. no.
Transparent front plate 4 LSX58964T
DD381582
6 LSX58966T
B-57
Functional units Functional unit accessories
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Universal angle bracket The angle brackets are used for:

bb vertical mounting of the earth / neutral bar in the duct,
bb mounting of the modular rail L = 1600 mm (com. no. 04226).
DD800506

2 universal angle brackets 03581
DD381577
The hexagonal spacers are used for:

Hexagonal spacers bb the raising and the mounting of the modular rail,
bb the raising and the mounting of the earth / neutral bar.
DD800537

4 M6 hexagonal spacers H = 9 mm 03195
H = 23 mm 03196
H = 55 mm 03197
Blanking strip The blanking strips are used to fill the space on the cut-out front plates.
DD380805
Blanking strip modular device, L = 1000 mm LSX58621A

Blanking strip CVS / NSX250, L = 148 mm LSX58751A
Blanking strip EZC250, L = 1000 mm LSX58752A
Ventilated front plate Designation Com. no.

IP30 ventilated front plate 4 modules LSM58944A
DD381676
B-58
Functional units Functional unit accessories
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Lead-sealable screws For restricted access, the front plate can be sealed as visual checking.
DD800014
4 front plate lead-sealable screws LSX58777A
Identification labels Designation Com. no.

12 adhesive label holders, W = 432 mm, H = 24 mm 08903
DD381715
12 clip-on labels 18 x 35 08913

bb The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and a transparent cover.
bb It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be screwed to any
support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).
Adhesive label.
DD383974
T
LIGH
Clip-on label.
Front plate accessory Designation Com. no.

20 front plate screws + nuts LSX58030A
DD800561
20 front plate screws + nuts
DD800210

B-59
2
Linergy
Evolution
Putting the latest
technological innovation
in your hands
C-1
Linergy Evolution
a breakthrough in busbar systems
Safe, reliable, Schneider Electric’s Prisma iPM is one of the leading
flexible, and switchboard enclosure systems on the market. Designed
for use with Prisma iPM, the new Linergy EvolutionTM
flexible with
busbar system now includes horizontal busbars, for greater
the highest
electrical switchboard enclosure performance, reliability, and
level of cost-effectiveness.
performance
Manufactured using a revolutionary process, patented
Linergy Evolution busbars are unique on the market, taking
your electrical switchboard installations a giant leap into the
future.
Discover
how Linergy
Evolution can
place the next
generation of
low-voltage
switchboards in
your hands.
C-2
Innovative technology
from an energy expert you can trust
Patented Linergy Evolution is backed by Schneider Electric’s decades of expertise
in electrical distribution systems and is certified IEC61439-2 compliant by ASEFA.
Linergy Evolution’s unique profile Linergy Evolution busbars

was designed with the ratings you need, a performances and conductivity are
commitment to performance backed by regular identical or better than traditional all-copper
testing up to 4000 A. busbars.
Heat is dissipated by conduction Unlike tin-plated aluminum

and radiation for performance only a market busbars, rugged Linergy Evolution busbars
leader like Prisma iPM can bring you. are resistant to scratching during assembly to
ensure optimal connection quality and reliability.
High Velocity Oxy-Fuel, unique

on the busbar market
Patented Linergy Evolution uses a supersonic
high-temperature coating process for a robust copper
contact surface.
C-3
A revolutionary design
for greater efficiency
The Linergy Evolution line now includes horizontal busbars, helping you achieve
better electrical switchboard performance while optimizing busbar layout and
facilitating assembly.
Schneider ElectricTM has drawn upon 30 years of

expertise in electrical distribution systems and a Attractive
decade of hands-on experience with the proven The revolutionary copper contact strips,
and reliable Linergy line of products. It brings anodized aluminum surface, and unique shapes
you a revolutionary design featuring a high- give
quality copper contact surface that delivers even a modern appearance and a soft touch.
better results than traditional copper-to-copper
connections.
IEC standards-
Linergy Evolution busbars offer a number of
benefits to help you enhance performance and
compliant
The latest standards were factored in from
boost your competitiveness.
the early design stages to ensure that
Lightweight temperatures are kept below the IEC61439-2
standard requirements, for optimal performance
Linergy is half the weight of equivalent-rated regardless of the switchboard configuration.
copper bars for more fuel-efficient transport,
easier handling, and smoother installation.
Environmentally-
Higher-capacity friendly
A single Linergy Evolution bar can withstand Instead of increasingly-scarce copper, Linergy
ratings up to 4000 A. It would take two or three Evolution is made from 70 % recycled raw
copper bars per pole to achieve similar ratings. materials offering the same performance as
primary raw materials.
Robust and flexible

Linergy Evolution bars are extruded for a unique Cost-effective
profile that includes both closed and ribbed Linergy Evolution helps you achieve cost
sections, improving rigidity, thermal dissipation, savings now and provides protection against
and resistance to short circuits, with a short- fluctuating copper prices in the future, plus all
circuit withstand capacity (lcw) of 100 kA/1s. the advantages of a raw material that is easy to
purchase and store.
Boost Prisma iPM Increase short-circuit Linergy Evolution is Reduce costs

capacity withstand capacity
50 % lighter and assembly
from 3200 A from 85 kA/1s times over
to 4000 A than copper
to 100 kA/1s copper busbars
C-4
Linergy accessories are also
evolving!
Linergy Evolution is a full-featured busbar system that includes
all the connections, screws, bolts, isolating supports, and other
accessories you need for drill-free assembly.
Panel builders, we’ve thought of

everything to make your life easier!
•
Linergy Evolution busbars are lightweight, •
Linergy screws let you add extra outgoing
making them easy to transport and handle in connections without drilling new holes or
the workshop. dismounting previous connections or busbar
supports, saving you time and giving you
•
With Linergy Evolution, you can continue to
greater flexibility in the event of last-minute
use the familiar Prisma iPM busbar supports
changes.
you already know for flat copper bars. There’s
no new system to learn. •
Linergy Evolution busbars offer a unique
shape with no sharp edges for safer,
• Linergy Evolution offers single bars for each
smoother handling and installation—the bars
rating, making handling during installation
simply slide right in to the busbar supports.
faster and more convenient.
•
Existing Linergy vertical busbars are easy to
•
Linergy Evolution bars are fast and easy to
connect to Linergy Evolution with ready-to-
position without drilling, thanks to a sliding
install accessories like vertical connectors.
bolt and track system.
•
Linergy materials are easy to recycle via
well-established aluminum recycling services
already in use for materials like aluminum
cans, coffee capsules, door and window
frames, and engine blocks.
C-5
C-6
Distribution Contents
System M
Introduction C-7
Overview of distribution solutions C-7
Presentation of Linergy Evolution busbars 630A to 4000A C-10
Horizontal busbars C-14
Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars from 2000 to 4000A C-14
Introduction C-14
Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars up to 1600A C-16
Introduction C-16
Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars up to 4000A C-18
Selection table C-18
Layout of horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars C-19
Horizontal flat busbars up to 3200A C-21
Horizontal busbars up to 3200A C-22
Selection table : Horizontal busbars on top C-22
Selection table : Horizontal busbars at bottom C-24
Vertical busbars C-26
Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars up to 4000A C-26
Introduction C-26
Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars up to 4000A C-28
Busbar selection C-30
Layout of vertical Linergy Evolution busbars C-31
Lateral Linergy busbars 630A to 3200A C-32
Introduction C-32
Linergy accessories C-37
Mounting hardware, Markers C-37
Vertical flat busbars up to 3200A C-40
Introduction C-40
Main distribution C-44
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A C-44
Introduction C-44
Rear busbars up to 400 A C-45
Introduction C-45
Multi-stage busbars up to 630A, Rear busbars up to 400A C-46
Sub-distribution C-48
Distribloc distribution block C-48
Polybloc distribution block C-50
Multiclip distribution block C-51
Multi-stage current distribution blocks C-52
Comb busbars C-53
Distribution blocks C-54
Distribution accessories C-56
Form C-60
Form1 partitioning C-60
Form2 partitioning C-61
Form3/Form4 partitioning C-63
Partitioning C-64
C-7
Distribution Overview of distribution
System M solutions
Introduction
For main distribution Vertical Linergy busbar

Horizontal busbar
Busbar layouts
Busbar layouts
Vertical flat busbar
Busbar layouts
C-8
System M solutions
Introduction
For main distribution
Rear busbar
Multi-stage busbar
C-9
System M solutions
Introduction
For sub-distribution
125 A Distribloc
bb Spring terminals for
electrical connections
that stay tight.
bb Front designed to
integrate thoroughly with
modular devices.
200 A Multiclip
bb Reliable spring-
terminal connections
requiring no
maintenance.
bb Fast installation.
bb Easy upgrades through
replacement or addition
of devices.
bb Easy balancing of
phases.
80 to 125 A comb busbars

bb Fast and direct
connections, adaptable to
all needs.
bb Fast, economical
connections.
C-10
Distribution Presentation of Linergy Evolution
System M busbars 630A to 4000A
Introduction
Linergy Evolution + Linergy, a comprehensive offering

PD800013
The Linergy solution, a complete set of horizontal and vertical busbars

operational up to 4000 A:
bb 630 A to 4000 A
bb Icw of 85 kA/1 s for the 630 A to 1600 A configurations
bb Icw of 100 kA/1 s for the 2500 A to 4000 A configurations.
More power in a given switchboard volume.

No longer any need to drill, thanks to the Linergy concept, greater accessibility
for connecting bars, ties and connecting plates.
Winning solution in all the Linergy Evolution options chosen, allows the
panelbuilder to:
bb achieve substantial time savings (procurement, handling, mounting,
accessibility, changes, etc.) thanks to the aluminium material and the busbar
design and connection
bb supply more efficient, less heavy switchboards without risk of vandalism on
the copper.
Complete compatibility of Linergy Evolution with existing 630 to 1600 A Linergy
vertical busbar.
Replacement of high/low horizontal copper busbar with Linergy Evolution up to
4000 A.
Light Mounting
Economical compatibility

Multiple
adaptations

Simplification

Time saving

Direct connection
Connection
modularity
Unchanged
fasteners
Easier access
C-11
Introduction
The Linergy Evolution solution is based on: Presentation Linergy Evolution profiles
bb the Linergy y 1600 A busbar concept (approved
technology, trusted by industry specialists)
DD384536
DD384537
DD384538
bb the already existing flat busbar mounting method
(th. = 5 mm and 10 mm).
630 A. 800 A. 1000 A.
DD384539
DD384540
1200 A. 1600 A.
DD384541
DD384542
2000 A. 2500 A.
DD384543
DD384544
3200 A. 4000 A.
C-12
Introduction
Horizontal busbars from 630 to 4000 A
Dd384518
Installation
The Linergy Evolution busbar can be installed at the
top of a frame.
bb Size for 630 to 4000A: 200mm.
The mounting technique is the same as that for the
copper busbar, sparing the installer any constraints.
Busbar type
bb Horizontal busbar:
vv Functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm
vv for 630 to 2500 A busbars, a single strip is
incorporated over the entire length
vv for 3200 to 4000 A busbars, a double strip is
incorporated over the entire length.
Vertical busbars from 630 to 4000 A

DD384555
Flexibility for upgrading existing switchboards

It is possible to mount the Linergy Evolution busbar
vertically for all ratings from 630 to 4000 A.
Busbar type
bb Vertical busbar:
vv functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm to be
re-cut to 1600 mm for connection with horizontal
busbar from 1600 to 2500 A. Installation in duct
W = 200 mm
vv functionalized profiled busbar L = 2000 mm to be
re-cut to 1600 mm for connection with horizontal
busbar from 3200 to 4000 A.Installation in duct
W = 300 mm
vv for 2000 to 2500 A busbars, a single strip is
incorporated over the entire height
vv for 3200 to 4000 A busbars, a double strip is
incorporated over the entire height.
NB: this busbar does not allow the use of Prisma iPM
system prefabricated connections.
C-13
Distribution Horizontal Linergy Evolution
System M busbars from 2000 to 4000A
Introduction
Horizontal busbars
Busbar selection Linergy Evolution busbars, W = 2000 mm
DD384543
LSM58089A LSM58086A
DD384533
DD384544
DD384541
DD384542
Bar 2000 A. Bar 2500 A. Bar 3200 A. Bar 4000 A.
Cat. No. 04565 Cat. No. 04566 Cat. No. 04567 Cat. No. 04568
Dimensions
Cat. No.
04565
DD384632
100
04566
31
04567
DD384633
150
04568
31
Busbar calculation Linergy Cat. No. Rating No. of supports

The table opposite indicates: Evolution (A) Icw (kA rms / 1 s)
b the catalogue numbers of the bars to be used, y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
depending on the permissible current level W = 600 mm 04565 2000
W = 600 +
in the 200 mm 04566 2500
busbars 2 3
b the number of supports required, depending on the 04567 3200
4
rated short-time withstand current (Icw in kA 04568 4000
rms / 1
second). Note: the permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of
35 °C around the switchboard.
For more information on busbar
Note: for a W = 800 mm framework, add a free support to the number of fixed supports given by
calculations, the table below.
see page E-6.
Linergy Cat. No. Rating No. of supports

Evolution (A) Icw (kA rms / 1 s)
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
W = 300 mm 04565 2000 1 1+1
W = 400 mm 04566 2500
04567 3200 1 1+1
04568 4000
For frames W = 300 mm and 400 mm, only the first support is fixed.
Busbar supports
Dd381226
Dd381225
Two fixed supports for 600 mm, 600 + 200 mm wide frameworks and one fixed
support for 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are
required, use free supports.
Designation Cat. No.
LSM58086A LSM58089A Fixed support for horizontal bars 2500 A LSM58086A +
04671
3200 A LSM58086A +
04646
Free support (additional) 2500 A LSM58089A +
04671
3200 A LSM58089A +
04646
12 spacers 150 mm 3200 - 4000 A 04646
C-14
System M busbars from 2000 to 4000A
Introduction
Horizontal busbars
Joints
DD384588

1 joint per bar 3P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 3
3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 3
4P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 4 +
LSM58670H (1)
3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 4 +
LSM58670H (1)
(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy Evolution busbars installations and
must be installed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.
Note: when installed,at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-61.
04623.
HRB5261500D12
LSM58670H
Busbar dimensions Type of busbars No. of vertical modules required

Top horizontal busbars 4
DD384558
C-15
System M busbars up to 1600A
Introduction
Horizontal busbars

LSM58089A LSM58086A Cat. no. selection
DD384520
See the table below.

Each bar is supplied with a stop for the bottom support.
DD384536
DD384538
DD384537
Bar 630 A. Bar 800 A. Bar 1000 A.
Cat. No. 04560 Cat. No. 04561 Cat. No. 04562
DD384539
DD384540
Bar 1250 A. Bar 1600 A.

Cat. No. 04563 Cat. No. 04564
Dimensions
Cat. No.
04560
DD384631
60
04561
04562 23
04563
04564

The table opposite indicates: Evolution (A) Icw (kA rms / 1 s)
b the catalogue numbers of the bars to be used, y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
depending on the permissible current level W = 600 mm 04560 630/800
W = 600 + 04561
in the 200mm 04562 1000
busbars
b the number of supports required, depending on the 04563 1250 2
rated short-time withstand current (Icw in kA 04564 1600
3
rms / 1
Note: t he permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of
second). 35 °C around the switchboard.
For more information on other ambient
Note: for a W = 800 mm framework, add a free support to the number of fixed supports given by
temperatures, the table below.
see page E-5.
For more information on busbar
calculations, Linergy Cat. No. Rating No. of supports
see page E-6.
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
W = 300 mm 04560 630/800
04561 1 1+1
1000
04562
W = 400 mm 04563 1250
1 1+1
04564 1600
For frames W = 300 mm and 400 mm, only the first support is fixed.
C-16
Introduction
Horizontal busbars
Busbar supports
Dd381226
Dd381225
Two fixed supports for 600 mm, 600 + 200 mm wide frameworks and one fixed
support for 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are
required, use free supports.
Cat. No.
LSM58086A LSM58089A Fixed support for horizontal bars LSM58086A
Free support (additional) LSM58089A
DD384535

1 joint per bar from 630 to 1600 A 3P 04620 x 3
4P 04620 x 4 +
LSM58670H (1)
(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy evolution busbars installations and
must be installed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.
Note: when installed,at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-61.
04620.
HRB5261500D12
LSM58670H
Busbar dimensions Type of busbars No. of vertical modules required

Top horizontal busbars 4
DD384534
C-17
Selection table
Horizontal busbars
Horizontal Linergy Evolution busbar

Frame depth (mm) Pitch of bars (mm) Cat.No.
400 and 600(2) 75 04560

AAV43447-01
04561
04562
04563
04564
04565
04566
04567
04568
Number of supports for Linergy Evolution busbars

Frameworks depth = 400 and 600(1) mm
Linergy Cat. Rating No. of supports
DD800533
1 1+1
Evolution No. (A) Icw (kA rms / 1 s)
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
W = 600 mm 04560 630/800
W = 600 + 200 mm 04561
2 2+1 04562 1000
04563 1250 2
x2 x2
04564 1600
2+1
2+2
Linergy Cat. Rating No. of supports

x2 + x2 Evolution No. (A) Icw (kA rms / 1 s)
2+3 y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
W = 600 mm 04565 2000
W = 600 + 200 mm(2)
04566 2500
x2 + x3
04567 3200
2 2+1
2+4
2+2
04568 4000
x2 + x4
lcw (kA eff./1s)

04560 / 04561 15 25 30 40 50 60 65 75 85
04562 / 04563
04564 W=300mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1
W=400mm 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1
04565 / 04566 15 25 30 40 50 60 65 75 85 100

04567 / 04568
W=300mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1
W=400mm 1 1 1 1 1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1
(1) In a 600 mm wide floor standing enclosure, an additional upright is mandatory

(see “Additional upright”, below).
(2) In W=600+200mm cubicle, use busbar supports in W=600mm according to the table above
and add an additional free support in W=200mm duct.
Additional upright
An additional upright is mandatory in 600 mm floor standing enclosure for the
horizontal busbar with a 75 mm pitch.
DD800314

Seismic 2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure, LSM58611A
D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm
3 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure, LSM58612A
D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm
Others 2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure, LSM58613A
D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm
D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm
C-18
Selection table
Horizontal busbars
Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35 °C for No. of bars per phase Fixed support(1) Busbar support(1)
the switchboard
IP y 31 IP > 31
630 530 1 LSM58086A LSM58089A
800 680 1 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1000 850 1 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1250 1050 1 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1650 1480 1 LSM58086A LSM58089A
2000 1650 1 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671
2440 2100 1 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671
3200 2800 1 LSM58086A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646
3620 3350 1 LSM58086A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646
(1) 2 fixed supports for 600 / 800 mm wide frameworks and 1 fixed support for 300 / 400 mm wide
frameworks mandatory; if more supports required, use free supports.
(2) An additional upright is mandatory (see “Additional upright”, page C-18).
Partitioning For the partitioning, see page C-60.

DD382014
Joints Designation Cat. No.

1 joint per bar 3P 2000 - 2500 A 04621 x 3
3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 3
DD384588.EPS
4P 2000 -2500 A 04621 x 4 + LSM58670H (1)

3200 - 4000 A 04623 x 4 + LSM58670H (1)
(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy Evolution bus bars installations and
must be insta//ed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.
Note: when installed, at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-61.
C-19
Layout of horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars
Horizontal busbars
Layout of horizontal Linergy Evolution busbars

DD384600
DD384601
DD384589
DD384590_01
C-20
Distribution Horizontal flat busbars up to
System M 3200A
Horizontal busbars
Prisma iPM provides electrical switchboards with a complete and

consistent system capable of supplying electrical energy where it is
needed:
b modern, high-performance busbars,
b distribution blocks that blend thoroughly with the devices.
All components are put through rigorous tests with Schneider
Electric devices to secure that the resulting switchboards are
dependable and comply with international standard IEC 61439-1.
Composition
Presentation bb Flat, copper bars without holes, 5 mm thick (not supplied).
bb Flat, copper bars without holes, 10 mm thick (not supplied).
DD800318
They can be cut as needed.

A horizontal partition is available to shield against direct contact from the front.
Installation
The horizontal busbars up to 3200 A, pitch = 75 mm, require the same amount of
space.
DD800460
DD800319
DD800286
DD800285
An additional upright is mandatory in 600 mm

floor standing enclosure.
The horizontal busbars up to 3200 A, pitch = 115 mm, require a 600 mm deep framework.
DD800453
bb 400 mm deep framework: 3 module-height is required for the installation of the

horizontal busbars on the top, while 5 module is required at the bottom
DD800290
bb 600 mm deep framework: 4 module-height is required for the installation of the

horizontal busbars on the top, while 5 module is required at the bottom
DD800463
400 400
600 600
3M
3M
4M
4M
DD800287
DD800288
5M
5M
Busbar supports
Two fixed supports for 600 / 800 mm wide frameworks and one fixed support for
200 / 300 / 400 mm wide frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are required,
use free supports.
DD381226
DD800448
DD381225
DD800447
Fixed support for 5 Fixed support for 10 Busbar support for 5 Busbar support 10
and 10 mm thick mm thick bars, pitch and 10 mm thick mm thick bars, pitch
bars, pitch = 75 mm, = 115 mm, com. no. bars, pitch = 75 mm, = 115 mm,
com. no. LSM58087A. com. no. com. no.
LSM58086A. LSM58089A. LSM58090A.
C-21
Distribution Horizontal busbars up to 3200A
System M
Selection table : Horizontal busbars on top
Horizontal busbars
Horizontal busbar
Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Pitch of bars (mm)
5 400 and 600(2) 75

DD800211
10 400 75
600(2) 75
600 115
Number of supports for flat bars 5 mm thick

Pitch Frameworks Size of bars No. of supports
DD800533
1 1+1
(mm) width (mm) (mm) Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50
75 800 1 bar, 60 x 5
2 2+1 2+2
1 bar, 80 x 5 2+3
2 2+1 600 1 bar, 60 x 5
2 2+1
1 bar, 80 x 5 2+2
400 All sizes 1 1+1
x2 x2 300 All sizes 1 2
2+2 Number of supports for flat bars 10 mm thick
x2 + x2 (mm) width (mm) (mm) Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
2+3 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
75 800 1 bar, 50 x 10
1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2 2+3
2+4
1 bar, 80 x 10
x2 + x3
600 1 bar, 50 x 10
2+4
1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2
2+3
1 bar, 80 x 10
400 All sizes 1 1+1
x2 + x4 300 All sizes 1 2
Frameworks depth = 600 mm
y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
115 600 / 800 1 bar, 50 x 10
1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1
1 bar, 80 x 10 2+2
2 bars, 50 x 10
2+2
2 bars, 60 x 10
2 2+1
2 bars, 80 x 10
2 bars, 100 x 10
400 All sizes 1 1+1
300 All sizes 1 1+1
(1) In a 600 mm wide floor standing enclosure, an additional upright is mandatory
(see “Additional upright”, below).
An additional upright is mandatory in 600 mm floor standing enclosure for the

Additional upright horizontal busbar with a 75 mm pitch.
DD800314
Seismic 2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure, LSM58611A

D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm
D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm
Others 2 x 3 modules, D = 400 mm, upright in floor standing enclosure, LSM58613A
D = 600 mm, W = 300, 400, 600 and 800 mm
D = 600 mm, W = 600 + 200 mm
C-22
System M
Selection table : Horizontal busbars on top
Horizontal busbars
Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35 °C for No. of bars per phase Fixed support(1) Busbar support(1)
the switchboard
IP y 31 IP > 31 quantity size of bars (mm)
800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
2050 1850 2 50 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
2300 2000 2 60 x10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58087A LSM58090A
3300 2900 2 100 x 10 LSM58087A + 04671 LSM58090A + 04671
(2) An additional upright is mandatory (see “Additional upright”, page C-18).
Dimensions
DD381876
Layout of horizontal flat busbars

DD800510
DD800509
DD800458
75
75 400 115
75 115
75
75 115
75

DD382014
C-23
System M
Selection table : Horizontal busbars at
bottom
Horizontal busbars
Horizontal busbar
Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Pitch of busbar (mm)
5 400 / 600 75
DD800293
10 400 / 600 75

Frameworks depth = 400 and 600 mm
DD800533
1 1+1
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50
75 800 1 bar, 60 x 5
2 2+1 2+2
1 bar, 80 x 5 2+3
2 2+1
600 1 bar, 60 x 5
2 2+1
1 bar, 80 x 5 2+2
400 All sizes 1 1+1
x2 x2
300 All sizes 1 1+1
2+2
x2 + x2 (mm) width (mm) (mm) Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
2+3
y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
75 800 1 bar, 50 x 10
1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2 2+3
x2 + x3 2+4
1 bar, 80 x 10
2+4 2 bar, 50 x 10
2 bar, 60 x 10
2 bar, 80 x 10
2 2+1 2+2
x2 + x4 2 bar, 100 x 10
600 1 bar, 50 x 10
1 bar, 60 x 10 2 2+1 2+2
2+3
1 bar, 80 x 10
2 bar, 50 x 10
2 bar, 60 x 10 2+1
2
2 bar, 80 x 10
2 bar, 100 x 10
400 All sizes 1 1+1
300 All sizes 1 1+1
C-24
System M
Selection table : Horizontal busbars at
bottom
Horizontal busbars
Permissible current (A) at average ambient 35 °C for No. of bars per phase
the switchboard
IP y 31 IP > 31 quantity size of busbar (mm) Fixed support(1) Busbar support
800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
2050 1850 2 50 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
2300 2000 2 60 x10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58086A LSM58089A
3300 2900 2 100 x 10 LSM58086A + 04671 LSM58089A + 04671
Dimensions
DD381876
Layout of horizontal flat busbars

DD800510
DD800509
75
75 400
75
75
75
75

DD800292
DD800294
Joints
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
1 bar per 2 bars per 1 bar 2 bars per phase
phase phase per
phase
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
DD381227-LIN
DD381231-LIN
DD385358
DD385358.eps
DD800312
04640 04641 04643

Catalogue numbers 04640 04641 04640 04641 04641 04640 04640 04641 04641 04643
LSM58670H(1) (1 joint per phase)
Note when installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.
(1) LSM58670H is mandatory in case of jointed 4P bottom HBB installations and must be
installed only at the junction on side-by-side frameworks combination.
Note: when installed, at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned, see page C-62.
C-25
Distribution Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars
System M up to 4000A
Introduction
Vertical busbars 3200-4000 A in 300 mm with framework
Cat. no. selection
DD384607

DD384550
DD384552
DD384553
DD384551
Bar 2000 A. Bar 2500 A. Bar 3200 A. Bar 4000 A.
Cat. no. 04565 Cat. no. 04566 Cat. no. 04567 Cat. no. 04568
DD384545
DD384546
DD384547
DD384548
DD384549
Bar 630 A. Bar 800 A. Bar 1000 A. Bar 1250 A. Bar 1600 A.
Cat. no. 04560 Cat. no. 04561 Cat. no. 04562 Cat. no. 04563 Cat. no. 04564
Linergy Evolution busbars are supplied in W = 2000 mm. For a lateral installation, the
recommended bar length is 1600 mm.
Dimensions
Cat. No.
04560
DD384631
60
04561
04562 23
Busbars up to 4000 A. 04563
The bottom support also maintains the bars in position. 04564
04565
DD384632
Note: for mounting with the Linergy Evolution horizontal 100

busbar, it is recommended to re-cut the Linergy Evolution 04566
vertical busbar as indicated below: 31
Rating horizontal busbars Rating re-cuts

04567
DD384633
150
630 to 1600 A 1600 mm 04568
2000 to 2500 A 1600 mm 31
3200 to 4000 A 1600 mm

The table opposite indicates: busbar
b the catalogue numbers of the bars to be used,
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
depending on the permissible current level in the W=200mm 04560 630/800
busbars or 04561
b the number of supports required, depending on W=300mm 04562 1000
the rated short-time withstand current 1250
04563
(Icw in kA rms / 1 second).
04564 1600
For more information on other ambient 04565 2000 3 5 7
temperatures, 04566 2500
see page E-7. W=300mm 04567 3200 9
04568 4000
Note: the permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of
35 °C around the switchboard.
Note: the heights of 2000 and 2500 A Linergy evolution channelled busbars are 100 mm and
those of 3200 and 4000 A 150 mm. Their installation in 300 mm widht duct is recommended.
C-26
Introduction
Vertical busbars 3200-4000 A in 300 mm with framework
Busbar supports
Three fixedsupports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three
supports are required, use additional free supports.
Designation Cubicle depth Ratings Cat. no.
Fixed support for lateral bars D400 y 1600 A LSM58088A
D600 y 1600 A LSM58091A
2000 - 2500 A LSM58091A + 3 x 04671
3200 - 4000 A LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646
Free support (additional) D400/D600 y 1600 A LSM58089A
2000 - 2500 A LSM58089A + 04671
3200 - 4000 A LSM58089A + 04646
Busbars chocks
The bottom support maintains the bars in position.It is not considered a busbar
support.
Designation Cat. no.
AAV70895-01
12 spacers for 150 mm busbar 04646

12 stops for 630-1600 A busbar 04658
12 stops for 2000-4000 A busbar 04659
Support mounting hardware for bars > 80 mm 04671
04658 for Linergy Evolution y 1600 A busbar mounted on

support.
AAV70895-02
04659 for Linergy Evolution >1600 A busbar mounted on

support.
DD384579
12 spacers 04646.
Busbar connections
These connections are used to connect Linergy Evolution horizontal busbars up to
DD384559
4000 A to lateral Linergy Evolution busbars.

Supplied with mounting hardware.
Short horizontal/vertical connection up to 2500 A 04604
Horizontal/vertical connection up to 4000 A 04607
Short connection 04604 for 2500 A.
C-27
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Lateral Linergy Evolution busbars

Cat.No. Rating (A) Length (mm)
04560 630 1600

AAV70895-03
04561 800 1600

04562 1000 1600
04563 1250 1600
04564 1600 1600
04565 2000 1600
04566 2500 1600
04567 (1) 3200 1600
04568 (1) 4000 1600
Number of supports
Linergy Cat. no. Ration No.of supports
Evolution (A) Icw (kA rms / 1s)
busbar
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85 y 100
W=200mm 04560 630/800
or 04561
W=300mm
04562 1000
04563 1250
04564 1600 3
5
04565 2000 7
04566 2500
W=300mm 04567 3200 9
04568 4000
Accessories For the distribution accessories, see page C-57.

DD380736

DD800226
C-28
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Fixed support, pitch = 75 mm Busbar support 12 stops for busbars

Frame depth 400mm Frame depth 600mm
LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658
LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658
LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658
LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658
LSM58088A LSM58091A LSM58089A 04658
LSM58088A + 3 x 04671 LSM58091A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671 04659
LSM58088A + 3 x 04671 LSM58091A + 3 x 04671 LSM58089A + 04671 04659
LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646 04659
LSM58091A + LSM58093A + 04646 LSM58089A + 04646 04659
Mandatory.
(1) For 04567 and 04568 installation, W300 frame is mandatory.
Connection between horizontal Designation Cat. NO.

1600A connection plate for Linergy Evolution 04602
and vertical busbar Short horizontal/vertical connec ion up to 2500A 04604
Horizontal/vertical connection up to 4000A 04607
C-29
Busbar selection
Vertical busbars
Linergy Evolution busbars

630 A - 1600 A 2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A
DD384597
DD384598
DD384599
60 100 150
23
31
31
2000 2000 2000
DD384545
DD384546
DD384547
DD384548
DD384549
DD384550
DD384551
DD384552
DD384553
C-30
Layout of vertical Linergy Evolution busbars
Vertical busbars
Layout of vertical Linergy Evolution busbars

630 A - 4000 A
DD384591_02
DD384592_01
DD384593_01
DD384594_01
73
105.5 105.5 105.5 105.5
2000 A - 2500 A
DD384595_02
DD800563
73
105.5 105.5
3200 A
DD800564
DD800565
73
104.5 104.5
194.5 194.5
300 300
4000 A
DD800565
73
104.5
194.5
300
C-31
Distribution Lateral Linergy busbars 630A to
System M 3200A
Introduction
Vertical busbars
PB800029
Linergy busbars are installed in a busbar zone to the left or right of the device zone.
The busbars are secured to the framework by supports that maintain the distances
between busbars. All connection points are directly accessible from the front of the
switchboard.
The bars are channelled and the devices, installed on either side, can be connected
at any height, without drilling.
Linergy busbars up to 1600 A
PD800018
PB800019
Sliding bolts enable connections at any height, All connection points are directly accessible
without drilling. from the front of the switchboard.
PB800024
PD800025
Prefabricated connections supply the devices The bottom support maintains the bars in
mounted to the left or right of the busbars. position.
C-32
System M 3200A
Introduction
Vertical busbars
Channelled busbars
PB800042
Linergy channelled busbars implement advanced technology and

are made of aluminium, a material widely used for electrical
conduction.
Ductile and malleable, aluminium can be used to create complex
shapes that improve electrical conduction, rigidity, ventilation and
appearance.
Ergonomic shape
The low density of aluminium and its malleability make it possible to produce
hightech sections offering both exceptional rigidity and minimum weight.
Twice as light as copper for the same current ratings, the busbars can held easily in
one. What is more, their shape is ideal for handling and installation.
Maximum power in less space

The manufacturing process allows great flexibility in terms of the shape, notably for
the creation of internal partitions that increase the current-flow perimeter. In this way,
busbar efficiency is optimised and external dimensions reduced.
As a result, up to 1600 A, these channelled busbars can be installed in
compartments just 150 mm wide and 400 mm deep.
Very rigid shapes

The ease and flexibility of the extrusion process makes it possible to create closed
and ribbed sections offering exceptional rigidity.
Two supports spaced over the bars and one at the bottom are sufficient to cover
most installation needs (Icw y 40 kA rms / 1 s).
Always at the right temperature

The increased heat exchange surface enhances the natural convection of the bars.
The bars are anodised to enhance emission and radiation, and thus the evacuation
of heat.
Whatever the switchboard configuration, the bars maintain their performance level.
A new generation of busbars.

Designed to resist ageing and creep, the busbar supports, made of a heat-setting,
PD800026
insulating material, offer a particularly high level of performance, notably their

withstand to high temperatures.
Their remarkable mechanical withstand means fewer are required,
thus freeing maximum space along the busbars for the connection
of devices.
Multi-function busbar supports
The same support is used for all busbars up to 1600 A and can also be used as the
bottom support.
As a result, ordering is easy and stocking costs are reduced.
PD800013
Electrical connections without drilling

Tested in special test stations, copper connections are used to interconnect two sets
of busbars.
Connections are fast with 10 mm thick horizontal busbars.
Drilling is not required; the connections are made by clamping the busbars.
An aluminium bar with a high-quality copper contact surface

PB800027
A copper powder is thermally projected at high speed along the entire length of the
bar. It forms a rough, exceptionally hard surface. The quality of the electrical
connection is enhanced by the many contact points. The result is convincing and
even better than a traditional copper/copper connection.
Modern busbars
Linergy busbars are produced in a number of different shapes offering both a high
level of performance and good appearance. The anodisation process protects
against ageing and provides an attractive finish.. The copper-coloured bands along
the entire length reflect the modern design and high technology of these busbars.
C-33
System M 3200A
Introduction
Vertical busbars
Presentation of Linergy busbars
Linergy busbars
Dd382326
up to 1600 A
Type of busbar
Very rigid profile to improve withstand to
electrodynamic forces.
Connection points accessible from the front and
adjustable from top to bottom.
Compatible with all Prisma iPM prefabricated
connections.
Installation
Can be installed independently on either the left or
right-hand side of an 800 mm wide framework (600 +
200 mm) for distribution on either side.
For an Icw y 40 kA rms / 1 s, two supports in the
“device” zone are sufficient to maintain the bars. A third
support is required as the bottom support for the bars.
Linergy busbars up to 1600 A.
C-34
System M 3200A
Introduction
Vertical busbars
Busbar selection Linergy busbars, W = 1670 mm

Cat. no. selection
DD381232

DD381233
DD381235
DD381234
Bar 630 A. Bar 800 A. Bar 1000 A.
Cat. no. 04502 Cat. no. 04503 Cat. no. 04504
DD381236
DD381237
Bar 1250 A. Bar 1600 A.

Cat. no. 04505 Cat. no. 04506
Busbars up to 1600 A.
The bottom support also maintains the bars in position.
Busbar calculation Rating Com. no.

(A)
Pennissible
current at 35˚C (A)
No.of supports
The table opposite indicates: for switchboard Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
b the catalogue numbers of the bars to be used,
IP y 31 IP > 31 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
depending on the permissible current level 630 04502 680 590
in the busbars 800 04503 840 760
b the number of supports required, depending on the 1000 04504 1040 950
rated short-time withstand current (Icw in kA 1250 04505 1290 1170 3 5 6
rms / 1 second). 1600 04506 1650 1480
Above 1600 A, the busbars must be doubled Note: The permissible current values for the busbars are given for an ambient temperature of
and installed in two busbar sections, side by 35 °C around the switchboard.
The bottom support also maintains the bars in position.
side. In this case, they must be Each catalogue number represents one bar.
interconnected by three equipotential links.
For more information on other ambient
temperatures, see page E-7.
C-35
System M 3200A
Introduction
Vertical busbars
Busbar supports
DD381509
Supports are used to install busbars to the left or right of the device zone.
They are supplied with 8.8 class mounting hardware.
Busbar supports LSM58092A
12 chocks for Linergy busbars 01109
DD380742
DD380741
Double busbars up to 3200 A.

Install three equipotential links between the busbars. Busbar supports. Chocks for Linergy busbars.
Horizontal Linergy Evolution These connections are used to connect Linergy Evolution horizontal busbars to
lateral Linergy busbars up to 1600 A.
busbar connections Supplied with mounting hardware.
DD800562
Cat. No.
1600 A connection plate for Linergy Evolution 04602
Connection 04602 for Linergy or copper busbars.
C-36
System M 3200A
Linergy accessories
Vertical busbars Mounting hardware, Markers
Linergy hardware Presentation
b For secure connections, without drilling:
DD381218
b Linergy bolts clip into the channel of the busbar

b they can slide along the entire length of the busbar
b they cannot fall to the bottom of the switchboard because they are held in place by
the ball in the head, thus facilitating connections
b a mark at the end of the bolt indicates whether the bolt is correctly positioned
b 8.8 class hardware guarantees withstand to tightening torques and to premature
ageing of the electrical contact.
Composition of sets:
b set of hardware including 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers.
Cat. no. selection
DD381221
DD381220
Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, W = 25 mm (for cable lugs and flexible bars) 04766 (1)
Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, W = 39 mm (for copper bars) 04767 (2)
Set of 12 screwplates for Linergy Evolution 2500A 04768
(1) Cable lug connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04766) (compatible with Linergy Evolution
and Linergy).
(2) Copper bar connected to Linergy busbar using bolt (04767) (compatible with Linergy only).
04766. 04767.
Flat washers Presentation

These washers, sold separately, are required for connection of flexible bars to
DD381219
Linergy busbars.
They spread the tightening forces and avoid creep of the copper.
Composition of sets:
b set of 20 flat washers for M8 bolts.
Cat. no. selection
Set of 20 M8 flat washers, 20 mm external diameter 04772
Set of 20 M8 flat washers, 28 mm external diameter 04774
DD800329
Conducting washers
DD383122
Connection cross-section Determining connections using cables

see page E-40.
Determining connections using flexible bars

see page E-38.
Markers
DD381222
Set of 12 phase markers 04794

(12 clip-in supports + N, L1, L2, L3, PE, PEN labels)
Linergy Evolution connection screwplate kit 01130
C-37
System M 3200A
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Linergy busbars
Rating (A) Frame depth (mm) Length (mm)
630 400 / 600 1670

DD800213
800 400 / 600 1670

1000 400 / 600 1670
1250 400 / 600 1670
1600 400 / 600 1670
Number of supports
DD380741
Rating Com. no. Pennissible No.of supports

(A) current at 35˚C (A)
for switchboard Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
IP y 31 IP > 31 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
630 04502 680 590
800 04503 840 760
Busbar support 1000 04504 1040 950
1250 04505 1290 1170 3 5 6
1600 04506 1650 1480
DD380742
(1) Must be installed in 2 busbar sections, side-by-side. The busbars must be interconnected by
3 equipotential links, supplied by the customer.
Busbar supports
Supports are used to install busbars to the left or right of the device zone.
They are supplied with 8.8 class mounting hardware.
Designation Cat no.
Chocks for linergy busbars

Linergy busbar support pitch=75mm LSM58092A

DD380736

DD800226
C-38
System M 3200A
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Linergy bar(1) 12 stoppers for busbar Fixed support, pitch = 75 mm Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts 12 Linergy markers
(sold by one) L = 39 mm L = 25 mm
04502 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794
04503 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794
04504 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794
04505 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794
04506 01109 LSM58092A 04767 04766 04794
Mandatory.
Optional.
Note: For the busbar installation above 1600 A, please contact us.
Dimensions
DD381855
DD381856
DD381857
DD381858
DD381859
630 A. 800 A. 1000 A. 1250 A. 1600 A.
Layout of Linergy busbars

DD800457
77.5
77.5
C-39
Distribution Vertical flat busbars up to 3200A
Introduction
System M
Vertical busbars
Composition
Presentation bb Flat, copper bars with holes, length = 1675 mm, 5 mm thick.
bb Flat, copper bars with holes, length = 1675 mm, 10 mm thick.
DD800452
Two 10 mm holes every 25 mm along the entire length of the busbar

A vertical partition is available to shield against direct contact.
Dimensions
DD381505
Installation
The vertical busbars up to 1600 A can be installed independently on either the left or
right-hand side of an 800 mm wide framework (600+200 mm) for distribution on
either side.
The vertical busbars from 1600 A to 3200 A can be installed independently an 300
mm wide duct for distribution.
Three fixed supports are mandatory. When more than three supports are required
(see the tables for busbar calculations on page C-35), use free supports.
Busbars are positioned on the bottom support require the same amount of space.
Busbar supports
Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three
supports are required, use additional free supports.
DD800444
DD800445
DD381225
Lateral busbar.
Set of 3 fixed supports for Set of 3 fixed supports for Busbar support for 5 and
400 mm deep frameworks, 600 mm deep frameworks, 10 mm thick bars,
com. no. LSM58088A. com. no. LSM58091A. pitch = 75 mm,
com. no. LSM58089A.
C-40
Introduction
System M
Vertical busbars
Horizontal-busbar connection
Connection between the 5 or 10 mm thick horizontal busbars and the lateral flat
busbars is direct, once the horizontal bars have been drilled.
DD380725
DD380525
DD380526
DD800592
DD800291
10
Ø16
50/60/80/100
100
80
50/60
100
60 80 100 60 80
50 50
50/60 x2 50 x2
_ x2 _
80 x3 60
x3 _ _
100 x4 _ _ 80
100
x4 _ _ _
C-41
System M
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Vertical busbar
Thickness (mm) Frame depth (mm) Length (mm)
5 400 1675
DD800367
10 400 1675
600 1675

DD800534
1
y 15 y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50
x3 75 300 / 600 / 800 1 bar, 60 x 5
1 1+2 1+4
1 bar, 80 x 5
1+4
x3 + x4 Pitch Frameworks Size of bars No. of supports
1+2
y 25 y 30 y 40 y 50 y 60 y 65 y 75 y 85
75 300 / 600 / 800 1 bar, 50 x 10
1 bar, 60 x 10
x3 + x2
1 bar, 80 x 10 1+6
1+6
1bar, 100x10 1 1+2 1+4
2 bars, 50 x 10
2 bars, 60 x 10
x3 + x6
2 bars, 80 x 10
2bars, 100x10

DD800226
C-42
System M
Selection table
Vertical busbars
Permissible current (A) at average No. of bars per phase Copper drilled bar 3 fixed supports + bottom, Free support
ambient 35 °C for the switchboard (sold by one) pitch = 75 mm(1)
IP y 31 IP > 31 Quantity Size of bars (mm)
800 750 1 60 x 5 LSM58064A LSM58088A LSM58089A
1000 900 1 80 x 5 LSM58065A LSM58088A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58066A LSM58088A LSM58089A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58067A LSM58088A LSM58089A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58068A LSM58088A LSM58089A
1200 1080 1 50 x 10 LSM58066A LSM58091A LSM58089A
1400 1250 1 60 x10 LSM58067A LSM58091A LSM58089A
1800 1600 1 80 x 10 LSM58068A LSM58091A LSM58089A
2150 1900 1 100 x 10(2) - LSM58091A+LSM58093A LSM58089A + 04671
+ 3 x 04671
2820 2500 2 80 x 10 LSM58068A LSM58091A LSM58089A
3200 2900 2 100 x 10(2) - LSM58091A+LSM58093A LSM58089A + 04671
+ 3 x 04671
(1) Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports are
required, use additional free supports. For the number of supports required, see the table
“number and size of copper bars”.
(2) To install in framework W300.
Dimensions
DD381866
DD381867
Layout of lateral flat busbars

DD800459
DD800456
Thickness
5 mm 10 mm
A 145 145.5
C-43
Distribution Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A
System M
Introduction
Main distribution
Available in one length, 1400 mm, they can be cut as needed.

Presentation
bb Multi-stage busbar
vv All connection points are easily accessible from the front. The inclination of the
bars facilitates connections and improves cable running.
vv They are valid for three and four-pole versions with ratings from 160 to 630 A.
Composition
Flat, copper bars with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm for connection along the
entire length of the busbars.
The multi-stage busbar has 8.2 mm diameter holes at each end for supply.
Optional barrier are available to shield against direct contact (IPxxB degree of
protection).
The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an
earth bar.
Installation
The busbars are mounted on longitudinal cross-members (LSM58430A) on the rear
of the framework. Two side cross-members are also needed. Two sizes are
available, one for 400 mm deep framework (LSM58440A) and an other one for
600 mm deep framework (LSM58441A).
Busbar supports
bb Multi-stage busbar
vv The staggered supports are made of an insulating material.
Connection
bb 16 mm² to 50 mm² flexible cables, with crimped lugs.
bb Insulated flexible bars (see page C-56).
bb Rated peak withstand current Ipk (kÂ)
vv 30 kÂ for 160 A busbars,
vv 55 kÂ for 400 A busbars.
bb Rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V.
DD800026
DD383648
DD383647
DD381344
C-44
Distribution Rear busbars up to 400 A
System M
Introduction
Main distribution
Available in one length, 1400 mm, they can be cut as needed.

Presentation
Rear busbar
DD800295
bb They are valid for three and four-pole versions with ratings from 160 to 400 A.
bb The connection with a Compact or Interpact incoming device occupies two vertical
modules (50 mm each).
Composition
Flat, copper bars with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm for connection along the
entire length of the busbars.
The multi-stage busbar has 8.2 mm diameter holes at each end for supply.
Optional barrier are available to protect against direct contact (IPxxB degree of
protection).
The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an
earth bar.
Installation
The busbars are mounted on longitudinal cross-members (LSM58430A) on the rear
of the framework. Two side cross-members are also needed. Two sizes are
available, one for 400 mm deep framework (LSM58440A) and an other one for
600 mm deep framework (LSM58441A).
Busbar supports
bb Rear busbar
vv The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create
an earth bar.The connection with a Compact or Interpact incoming device occupies
two vertical modules (50 mm each).
Rear busbar.
Connection
DD381389
bb 16 mm² to 50 mm² flexible cables, with crimped lugs.

bb Insulated flexible bars (see page C-56).
Rear busbar support. bb Rated peak withstand current Ipk (kÂ)
DD800026
DD383648
DD383647
DD381344
C-45
Distribution Multi-stage busbars up to 630A
System M Rear busbars up to 400A
Selection table
Main distribution
Vertical multi-stage busbar up to 630 A

Rating (A) Length (mm) Size of bars (mm) Set of 4 drilled bars
with threaded holes
DD800309
160 1400 15 x 5 04171
250 1400 20 x 5 04172
400 1400 32 x 5 04173
630 1400 32 x 8 04174
Rear busbar up to 400 A

Rating (A) Length (mm) Size of bars (mm) Set of 4 drilled bars
with threaded holes
160 1400 15 x 5 04171

DD800308
250 1400 20 x 5 04172
400 1400 32 x 5 04173
Busbar calculation The table below indicates:

bb the size of the bars to be used, depending on the permissible current level in the
busbars,
bb the distance between supports, depending on the rated short-time withstand
current (Icw).
Rating (A) Size of a Distance between support centres (mm)
bars (mm) Icw (kA rms / 1 s.)
10 13 15 20 25
160 15 x 5
250 20 x 5 450
400 32 x 5 300 225(1)/300(2)
630(1) 32 x 8 300(2)
(1) For rear busbar.
(2) For multi-stage busbar.

DD381398
C-46
Distribution Multi-stage busbars up to 630A
System M Rear busbars up to 400A
Selection table
Main distribution
Busbar support(1) 2 longitudinal 2 side cross-members Barrier Mounting hardware

cross-members D = 400 mm D = 600 mm(2) 40 M6 x 16 screws + 40 washers for threaded bars
LSM58440A or
LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A 04197 04195
LSM58441A
LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSM58440A or 04197 04195
LSM58441A
LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSM58440A or 04197 04195
LSM58441A
LSX58082A LSM58430A LSM58440A or 04197 04195
LSM58441A
Busbar support 2 longitudinal 2 side cross-members Barrier Mounting hardware

cross-members D = 400 mm D = 600 mm(2) 40 M6 x 16 screws + 40 washers for threaded bars
LSM58440A or
LSX58080A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSX58081A 04195
LSM58441A
LSX58080A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSM58440A or LSX58081A 04195
LSM58441A
LSX58080A LSM58430A LSM58440A LSM58440A or LSX58081A 04195
LSM58441A
Mandatory.
Optional.
(1) The number of supports depends on the rated short-time withstand current (Icw),
see the table in “Busbar calculation” opposite.
(2) LSM58440A for D=400 mm cubicle, LSM58441A for D=600 mm cubicle.
Dimensions
DD800368
C-47
Distribution Distribloc distribution block
System M
Sub-distribution
The Distribloc distribution block is particularly suited to small and medium-sized

Distribloc distribution block enclosures. It gives lots of flexibility when there are few feeders. It provides value
presentation and makes maintenance easy.
It has been optimised for enclosures containing mainly modular devices. It can be
DD800311
used equally as a main or sub-distribution block, or for industrial control applications.

It is easily installed by simply clipping it onto the modular rail. It can also be fixed to
the backplate for industrial control applications.
The Distribloc distribution block provides you with:

bb safety
vv IPxxB protection of live conductors,
vv tightening quality assured by spring terminals,
vv electrical performance levels adapted to your needs,
bb simplicity
vv easy installation and wiring,
vv simple choice depending on device rating,
bb flexibility
vv selection of combinations,
Distribloc distribution block supplying the modular devices. vv possibility of adding and changing feeders.
Dimensions Composition
The four-pole distribution block is made up of:
DD381608
bb a fully insulated, one-piece distribution block complying with the degree of

protection IPxxB (protection against direct contacts),
bb a modular cover.
The design of the front (45 mm nose) blends thoroughly into a row comprising
modular devices.
bb Rated insulation level: Ui = 750 V.
bb Rated operational current Ie (40°C):
vv 125 A for the 125 A Distribloc,
bb Short-circuit withstand current: the reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading
in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been
tested.
bb Complies with the low-voltage device standard IEC 60947.7.1 and / or
IEC 61439.1
bb Impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 8 kV.
Supply
bb Tunnel terminal on 125 A Distribloc 125 for 6 to 35 mm2 flexible cables (10 to
35mm2 rigid cables).
Distribution
bb Spring terminals:
vv 2 outgoers from 1 to 10mm2, flexible or rigid,
vv 3 outgoers from 1 to 6mm2, flexible or rigid,
vv 7 outgoers from 1 to 4mm2, flexible or rigid.
bb Tunnel terminals:
vv 1 outgoer from 4 to 16mm2, flexible (4 to 25mm2 rigid).
Supply
bb An identification label.
bb Adhesive labels for phase identification.
Installation
bb Clipped onto a modular rail.
bb Width occupied is 12 modules (9 mm each).
bb Screwed to plain or slotted backplate. Distances between centres = 100 x 75 mm.
C-48
Distribution Distribloc distribution block
System M
Sub-distribution
Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

The spring terminals Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor. It does not
depend on the operator.
DD381399
Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.

Only one cable (flexible or rigid, without a metal ferrule) can be inserted in a spring
terminal.
Degree of protection: IPxxB.
Advantages
bb A dependable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness assured
over time).
bb Very fast connection.
bb Easy phase balancing.
bb Rewiring is very easy if the switchboard is expanded or modified.
C-49
Distribution Polybloc distribution block
System M
Sub-distribution
The Polybloc distribution block is particularly suited to small and medium-sized

Polybloc distribution block enclosures. It gives lots of flexibility when there are few feeders. It provides value
presentation and makes maintenance easy.
It has been optimised for enclosures containing mainly modular devices. It can be
used equally as a main or sub-distribution block.
DD800508
The Polybloc is available in two versions :

bb the 250 A Polybloc distribution block is designed for installation directly
downstream of Compact circuit breakers and Interpact switch-disconnectors devices
up to 250 A. It can be rapidly mounted in the vertical position. Electrical connections
are made directly to the device terminals. The connection terminals are slanted to
facilitate cable entry and not exceed the bending radius of the flexible and rigid
cables,
bb the 160 A Polybloc is made up of individual elements that can be used alone or
Vertically mounted Polybloc on a modular with others to make two-pole, three-pole or four-pole distribution blocks.
rail (LSM58853A) in a cubicle.
Mounting is very fast. It clips onto a modular rail and is supplied by cables via a tunnel
terminal. The connection spring terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and
bending of the flexible and rigid cables. It is supplied with a cover that also guides the
cables.
DD383564
in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations were tested.
Supply
bb 250 A Polybloc distribution block:
vv directly to the terminals of the Compact NSX and Interpact INS devices up to
Three 160 A Polybloc distribution blocks in the 250 A.
vertical position on a modular rail,supplied by an
NG125.
vv direct to a tunnel terminal, for cables up to 70 mm².
Distribution
vv via cables, up to six 10 mm² cables and three 16 mm² cables per phase.
vv via cables, up to six 16 mm² cables.
Installation
bb It is mounted downstream of vertically mounted Compact NS100 / 250 and
NSX100 / 250 and Interpact INS250 devices in the enclosures. The Polybloc is
mounted on the modular device rail (LSL58801A).
vv the blocks clip onto a modular rail.
Dimensions
70
95
38
250 A Polybloc distribution block 160 A Polybloc distribution block
Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

The spring terminals Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor. It does not
depend on the operator.
Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
DD381399
Only one cable (flexible or rigid, without a metal ferrule) can be inserted in a spring
terminal.
Degree of protection: IPxxB.
Advantages
bb A dependable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness assured
over time).
bb Very fast connection.
bb Easy phase balancing.
bb Rewiring is very easy if the switchboard is expanded or modified.
C-50
Distribution Multiclip distribution block
System M
Sub-distribution
The 200A Multiclip distribution block has been optimized to feed rows of modular
200 A Multiclip distribution block devices. It is easily installed by simply clipping it onto the modular rail, either above
presentation or below the row of devices. Its flexibility means it can be fitted before or after the
devices have been mounted.
DD800449
Its dimensions have been kept to a minimum to secure the optimal possible
integration into the switchboard.
To secure compatibility with all installation types, we recommend you connect the
supply to the distribution block at its centre.
The 200A Multiclip distribution block provides you with:
bb flexibility
vv compatibility with all types of switchgear,
vv possibility of mixing all types of modular devices,
vv distribution blocks with different numbers of available poles,
bb safety
vv insulation of upstream terminal pads,
vv flawless connection reliability thanks to its spring terminals,
vv full protection (IPxxB) against direct contact,
bb protection degree
vv a protective cover on the busbar secure IPxxB from the front,
bb easy modifications
vv increased connection capacity (number of points and cross-section),
vv possibility of adding or changing feeders, whatever type of device is to be added,
vv continuity of service.
Application
Distribution over full rows of modular devices.
The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures.
DD800048

in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained. The worst-case situations have been
tested.
bb 200 A Multiclip distribution blocks:
vv 10 mm² cable outgoer: Imax = 50 A,
vv two 10 mm² cables: Imax = 63 A.
Supply
bb Direct to terminals:
vv 50 mm² cables with crimped lugs,
vv 20 x 3 mm flexible bars.
bb From busbars in the rear of a wall-mount enclosure (04029).
Busbar connection
No. of poles H (mm) The Multiclip distribution block is supplied by the rear busbar through a connection
2P 24 (04029).
3P 44 Distribution
4P 52 bb 200 A Multiclip, 2P and 3P (LSX58052A and LSX58053A):
vv 12 connection points for phase and neutral.
bb 200 A Multiclip, 4P (LSX58054A):
vv 12 connection points for each phase,
vv 18 connection points for the neutral.
Each connection point can receive a single 10 mm² cable, either flexible or rigid.
Installation
bb Clipped onto the rear of modular rail.
bb Screwed to plain or slotted backplate.
Supplied with:
bb 100 mm long, bared 10 mm² copper connections:
vv 200 A Multiclip, 2P, 3P and 4P (LSX58052A, LSX58053A and LSX58054A): 2 sets
of 12 connections.
bb Protection covers for the supply terminals (IPxxB).
bb The hardware required for the supply terminals.
See previous page.

The spring terminals
C-51
Distribution Multi-stage current distribution
System M blocks
Sub-distribution
The multi-stage current distribution block is easy to install and can be either clipped
Multi-stage distribution blocks onto the modular rail or fixed to a solid or perforated mounting plate.
presentation Electrical characteristics
bb Rated operating current: Ie (40 °C) = 125 A.
DD382813

bb Rated short-time withstand current Icw = 3.5 kA rms / 1 s.
bb Peak withstand current Ipk = 20 kÂ.
Supply
bb Connected with flexible or rigid cable with or without crimped lugs.
Installation
bb Clipped onto the modular rail.
bb Screwed to plain or slotted backplate.
Supplied with:
bb transparent, insulating cover,
bb mounting hardware.
Dimensions
E19453
C-52
Distribution Comb busbars
System M
Sub-distribution
The comb busbars are used for the distribution over full rows of modular devices.
Comb busbars presentation They may be supplied by either the incoming device fitted on the row or via
connectors.
E40638
They can be cut to length. The cutting locations are marked on the copper bar and on
the insulation.
They are fully insulated.
Markers can be fitted for circuit identification.
The tooth-caps secure the IPxxB protection. The unused teeth may be insulated by
fitting tooth-caps.
Comb busbars for C60 devices

Description
bb Range of comb busbars for 18 mm spacing.
The insulated connectors are firmly clipped onto insulated
parts of comb busbars. Electrical characteristics
bb Rated insulation level Ui:
vv 250 V for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars,
vv 500 V for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars.
bb Rated operational current Ie (40°C) :
E40637
E40639
vv 80 A with 1 central supply point for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars only,
vv 100 A with 1 central supply point for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars and
MERL
IN GERIN
NG125
2 central points for 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars,
MERL
IN GERIN
NG125
I . ON
vv 125 A with 2 supply points for 1P + N and 3P + N comb busbars only.
I . ON
bb short circuit withstand capacity compatible with the breaking capacities of

Schneider Electric modular circuit breakers.
Connection
Picture N°1. Picture N°2. bb Can be supplied by the rear busbar through insulated connectors.
The tooth-caps may be fitted to insulate unused teeth of the bb Direct connection to a device terminals.
comb busbar for the C60 devices (picture n°1) or the Supplied with:
NG125 devices (picture n°2).
bb two IP2 end caps.
Comb busbars for NG125 devices

Description
bb Range of 1P, 2P, 3P and 4P comb busbars for 27 mm terminal spacing.
bb Length:
vv 432 mm (16 X 27 mm) for 1P, 2P and 4P comb busbars,
vv 405 mm (15 x 27 mm) for 3P comb busbar.
bb Rated insulation level Ui: 690 V.
bb Rated operating current Ie (40°C) = 125 A.
bb Maximum rated current per outgoing circuit = 63 A.
bb Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 8 kV.
bb short circuit withstand capacity compatible with the breaking capacities of
Schneider Electric modular circuit breakers.
Connection
bb Supply by cables with a maximum cross-section of 50 mm2, directly in the tunnel
terminals of the device.
bb To supply the comb busbar from a busbar set located at the rear of the enclosure,
use a 100 A connection.
Supplied with:
bb 8 tooth-caps + 2 end-caps for 2P comb busbar.
bb 4 tooth-caps + 2 end-caps for 3P and 4P comb busbars.
C-53
Distribution Distribution blocks
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
Designation No. of Rating Rated Rated impulse Rated Rated short-time

poles insulation withstand voltage operational withstand current Icw
voltage Ui Uimp current Ie (40°C)
Distriblock distribution block - 125 A 750 V 8 kV 125 A depending on
connected device
DD381660
Polybloc distribution block 1P 160 A 750 V 8 kV 160 A depending on

connected device
DD382981
3P 250 A 750 V 8 kV 250 A depending on

connected device

connected device
Multi-stage current distribution block 2P 125 A 500 V 8 kV 125 A 3.5 kA rms / 1 s.

DD382813
4P 125 A 500 V 8 kV 125 A 3.5 kA rms / 1 s.
200 A Multiclip distribution block 2P 200 A 750 V 8 kV 200 A depending on

connected device
DD381672

connected device
DD381670

DD381671
connected device
C-54
Distribution Distribution blocks
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
Rated peak Connection capacity Com. no. Installation / comments

withstand current upstream downstream
Ipk
depending on tunnel terminals for 6 to 35 mm2 bb spring terminals 04045 bb modular rail
connected device flexible cables (10 to 35 mm2 rigid vv 2 outgoers from: 1 to 10 mm2, flexible or bb plain or slotted backplate
cables) rigid
vv 3 outgoers from: 1 to 6 mm2, flexible or
rigid
vv 7 outgoers from: 1 to 4 mm2, flexible or
rigid
bb tunnel terminals
vv 1 outgoer from: 4 to 16 mm2, flexible or
rigid (4 to 25 mm2 rigid)
depending on tunnel terminal, for cables up to via cables, up to six 16 mm2 cables. 04031 bb modular rail
connected device 70 mm2 bb plain or slotted backplate
depending on directly to the incoming device: bb spring terminals 04033 bb directly downstream of the incoming
connected device EasyPact CVS 100 / 250 and vv 6 x 10 mm2 + 3 x 16 mm2, flexible or rigid device:
Compact NSX 100 / 250, Interpact vv EasyPact CVS 100 / 250 and
INS250 Compact NSX 100 / 250, Interpact
INS250
bb modular rail
depending on directly to the incoming device: bb spring terminals 04034 bb directly downstream of the incoming
connected device Compact NS 100 / 250 and NSX vv 6 x 10 mm2 + 3 x 16 mm2, flexible or rigid device:
100 / 250, Interpact INS250 vv Compact NS 100 / 250 and
NSX 100 / 250, Interpact INS250
bb modular rail
20 kÂ via flexible or rigid cable with or via flexible or rigid cable with or without See bb 2 x13 holes:
without crimped lugs crimped lugs Schneider 1 x 8.5 mm2 + 2 x 7 mm2 + 5 x 5.5 mm2
corresp. + 5 x 4.4 mm2
bb clipped onto modular rail
bb screwed to plain or slotted backplate
20 kÂ via flexible or rigid cable with or via flexible or rigid cable with or without See bb 4 x13 holes:
without crimped lugs crimped lugs Schneider 1 x 8.5 mm2 + 2 x 7 mm2 + 5 x 5.5 mm2
See bb 4 x17 holes:
Schneider 1 x 8.5 mm2 + 2 x 7 mm2 + 7 x 5.5 mm2
depending on bb via connection from rear busbar bb supplied flexible cables: LSX58052A bb clipped onto rear of modular rail
connected device bb 50 mm2 cables with crimped lugs bb 10 mm2 bb screwed to plain or slotted backplate
bb 20 x 3 mm flexible bars
C-55
Distribution Distribution accessories
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment.

Insulated flexible bars Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often in
close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant heat
DD31659
losses.
In-depth knowledge of switchboard architecture and the connected devices led to
the establishment of a selection table based on the type of device.
Flexible bars are 1800 mm long and made of copper with an insulating sheath.
Rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V.
The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of
Schneider devices in a Prisma iPM switchboard.
Connection between device and busbars

The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device, whatever
the internal temperature of the switchboard.
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Device Size (mm) Com. no.
NSX100 20 x 2 04742
NSX160 / 250 20 x 3 04743
NSX400 32 x 5 04751
NSX630 32 x 8 04753
CVS100 20 x 2 04742
CVS160 / 250 20 x 3 04743
CVS400 32 x 5 04751
CVS630 32 x 8 04753
EZC160 / 250 20 x 3 04743
EZC400 32 x 5 04751
INS125 / 160 20 x 2 04742
INS250 20 x 3 04743
INS400 32 x 5 04751
INS630 32 x 8 04753
200 A Multiclip 20 x 3 04743
Connection between busbars

Flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into account the
following characteristics:
bb a maximum temperature of 60°C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the
average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35°C,
bb the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125°C.
Ie max. (A) Size (mm) Com. no.
200 20 x 2 04742
250 20 x 3 04743
520 32 x 5 04751
660 32 x 8 04753
DD382008
C-56
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
Voltage tap-offs Designation Com. no.

20 M10 voltage tap-offs for two 6.35 mm tab connectors 04229
DD380736
Note: For small lugs (on low-current cables or measurement tap-offs), insert a conducting
washer between the busbar and the lug.
Mounting hardware For threaded flat bars

DD381398
Set of 40 M6 x 16 screws (40 screws + 40 contact washers) 04195
For drilled bars and flexible bars

bb Set of 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 40 contact washers.
M6 screw. 20 bolts for bars, M8 x 20 mm 04782
20 bolts for bars, M8 x 30 mm 04784
DD380737

For Linergy bars

bb Set of hardware including 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers.
M8 bolts. Designation Com. no.
Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, L = 25 mm (for cable lugs and flexible bars) 04766
DD381218
Set of 20 M8 Linergy bolts, L = 39 mm (for copper bar) 04767

DD381220
DD381221
Bolt for bar connection to Linergy busbars.
Cable lug connected to Linergy busbar using Copper bar connected to Linergy busbar using
bolt (04766). bolt (04767).
bb set of 20 flat washers for M8 bolts.
These washers, sold separately, are required for connection of flexible bars to
DD381219
Linergy busbars. They spread the tightening forces and avoid creep of the copper.
Set of 20 M8 flat washers 20 mm external diameter 04772
28 mm external diameter 04774
DD800329
Waher for M8 bolts.

Special mounting hardware for the connection of flat lateral busbars to horizontal
DD381398
DD383120
busbars.
Assembly of 10 mm thick bars for configurations with 2 bars/phase (1850 A to
3200 A).

20 screws for connection of two 10 mm thick horizontal/vertical busbars 04645
C-57
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
The earth bar (450 mm long) is equipped with 40 clamps with captive screws.
Earth / neutral bar It is supplied with 1 connector for rigid or semi-rigid cable 35 mm2, 2 insulating
spacers for use on a neutral bar and mounting hardware.
DD800020
It is directly installed in horizontal position on functional uprights.

The neutral bar is created by inserting 2 insulating spacers (supplied) behind the
earth bar.
Cu earth / neutral bar, 24 modules LSX58070A
2 universal angle brackets 03581
DD800327
DD800328
03581 03581
Neutral bar. Earth bar.
Markers Designation Com. no.

Set of 12 phase markers 04794
DD381222
(12 clip-in supports + N, L1, L2, L3, PE, PEN labels)
Horizontal cable straps Designation Com. no.

12 cable straps for horizontal cables 04239
DD381618
Horizontal cable straps have the same capacity as 60 x 30 mm trunking.

DD381619
Cover for horizontal cable Designation Com. no.

4 covers for horizontal cable straps L = 430 mm 04243
straps
DD381622
DD381621
C-58
System M
Selection table
Sub-distribution
Horizontal trunking support Designation Com. no.

12 horizontal trunking supports 04255
DD381626
DD800514
PE conductor Designation Com. no.

Drilled bar, 25 x 5 mm, length = 1675 mm LSM58071A
C-59
Distribution Form 1 partitioning
System M
Form
Decisions concerning the Form of separation and the degree of

protection are the subject of an agreement between the
manufacturer and the user.
In most installations, Prisma iPM cubicles do not require partitioning. In this case, the
Presentation switchboard is a Form 1.
Value being one of its foremost goals, Schneider Electric offers options and features
that go well beyond the recommendations of the standard.
The protection of life and property is a standard feature due to:
bb front plates that require a tool to be removed,
bb keylocks on doors, some of which provide access to live parts,
bb the systematic installation of terminal shields on EasyPact CVS and Compact
NSX circuit breakers and Interpact INS and INV switch-disconnectors,
bb covering of the upstream and downstream terminals on the incoming device so
that operators are thoroughly value at all points in the switchboard when the
incoming device is off (open).
What is more, Prisma iPM offers different levels of partitioning to create separations
inside the cubicles and thus create Form 2 and 3 electrical switchboards.
Electrical switchboards must meet the degree of protection IP2X to comply with
standard IEC 61439-1.
C-60
System M
Form
Separation of busbars from the functional units:

Presentation bb protection against contact with live parts upstream of the outgoing circuits,
bb protection against penetration of foreign solid bodies.
DD800233
DD381679
DD381678
The two types of Form 2 separation as defined by IEC 61439-1.
Form 2a. Form 2b.
bb Form 2a
Terminals for external conductors not separated from busbars.
The functional units are separated from the busbars, but not the terminals.
bb Form 2b
Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars.
bb The functional units and the terminals are separated from the busbars.
Configuration: separation of busbars from the functional units

Form 2 partitioning is essential to secure excellent protection for the installation and
operators working in the switchboard.
When added to standard protection features (terminal shields, connections, etc.), it
reduces the risk of direct contacts with live parts.
Prisma iPM offers Form 2b.
Form 2b provides much better value than Form 2a, notably during connection,
because the terminals are separated from the busbars.
The protection of life and property is secure by:

Partitioning of the connection bb Partition of the connection between devices(NW/MVS, NT, NS) upstream with
between devices(NW/MVS, NT, NS) horizontal busbar(Flat busbar and linergy evolution).
bb Partition of the connection between devices(NW/MVS, NT, NS) upstream with
with busbar(horizontal busbar, lateral busbar(Flat busbar, linergy and linergy evolution). There is an insulate plate
vertical busbar). (six modules high = 300 mm) that can be cut as required, supplied with supports and
the necessary hardware.
DD384526
C-61
System M
Form
Partitioning of horizontal Set of two barriers (front and rear), plus a slotted rear panel for efficient natural
convection in the switchboard. The set can be used to partition horizontal busbars
busbars installed at the top of the cubicle.
The space required for the busbars is not increased.
Configuration for Flat busbars and linergy evolution on top
Depth:
DD382014
Cat. no. Cubicle Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm

width 75mm pitch 75mm pitch 115mm pitch
(mm) Horizontal Required Horizontal Required Horizontal Required
busbar modules busbar modules busbar modules
Linergy LSM58653H 300 b 4M b 4M
Evolution LSM58654H 400 b 4M b 4M
LSM58656H 600 b 4M b 4M
LSM58657H 600+200 b 4M b 4M
LSM58658H 800 b 4M b 4M
Flat LSM58643H 300 b 3M b 4M
busbars LSM58644H 400 b 3M b 4M
LSM58646H 600 b 3M b 4M
LSM58647H 600+200 b 3M b 4M
LSM58648H 800 b 3M b 4M
LSM58663H 300 b 4M
LSM58664H 400 b 4M
LSM58666H 600 b 4M
LSM58667H 600+200 b 4M
LSM58668H 800 b 4M
DD800292
Configuration for Flat busbars linergy evolution at bottom

Depth:
Cat. no. Cubicle Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm
width 75mm pitch 75mm pitch
(mm) Horizontal Required Horizontal Required
busbar modules busbar modules
LSM58746H 600 b 5M b 5M
LSM58747H 600+200 b 5M b 5M
LSM58748H 800 b 5M b 5M
Lateral partitioning
Partitioning of lateral vertical When, in the adjoining cubicle, there are no devices connected to the busbars,
lateral vertical partitioning is used to protect the busbars.
busbars
Metal partition made up of 2 H = 850 mm panels used to separate 2 cubicles joined
side-by-side. Ready-to-cut openings are provided at the top and bottom for the
passage of horizontal busbars. The partition is fitted to cable tie bars in the Prisma
iPM floor standing system. The frameworks must be equipped with functional
uprights.
Front and rear partitioning

Front barrier is mandatory if HMI devices are mounted on the door.
A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment when depth = 600 mm,
as the vertical busbar is installed in depth = 400 mm.
LSM58674V
LSM58672V
LSM58674V LSM58674V
Metal partition, used to separate two adjacent cubicles.

Inter-cubicle partitioning It is made up of two panels, each 850 mm high.
The top and bottom ends have knock-outs for busbars, PE/PEN conductors or
DD800233
auxiliary wiring.
Supplied with the necessary supports and hardware, the partition is mounted on the
framework and does not hinder installation of the functional mounting plates.
C-62
Distribution Form 3/Form 4 partitioning
System M
Form
The Form 3 partitioning is a metal barrier which secure:

Definition of Form 3 bb separation of busbars from the functional units and separation of all functional
units from one another,
DD800317
bb separation of the terminals for external conductors from the functional units, but
not from each other:
vv protection against contact with live parts,
vv reduction in the risk of errrors between the functional units (propagation of
electrical arcs, etc.).
The two types of Form 3 separation as defined by IEC 61439 -1.
DD381680
DD381681
Form 3a Form 3b
bb Form 3a
Terminals for external conductors not separated from busbars.
The functional units are separated from each other and from the busbars, but not the
terminals.
bb Form 3b
Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars.
The functional units are separated from each other and from the busbars.
The terminals are separated from the busbars, but not from each other.
Configuration
bb Horizontal partition
Prisma iPM offers Form 3b separation. In addition to Form 2 partitioning, add
horizontal barriers. In-duct connection assemblies, they can be used to separate the
downstream terminals of the device from the functional unit
bb Vertical partition
If Form 3 partition is needed, use Form 2 partition for vertical busbars.
Definition of Form 4 bb separation of busbars from the functional units and separation of all functional
units from one another, including the terminals for external conductors which are an
integral part of the functional unit
bb protection against contacts with live parts and reduction in the risk of faults
between the functional units (propagation of electrical arcs, etc.).
The two types of Form 4 separation as defined by IEC 61439-1
DD382369
DD382370
Form 4a Form 4b
bb Form 4a. Form 4b.

Terminals for external conductors in the same compartment as the associated
bb functional unit.
Terminals for external conductors not in the same compartment as the associated
functional unit, but in individual, separate, enclosed protected spaces or
compartments.
C-63
Distribution Partitioning
System M
Selection table
Form
Metering box Metering box

The box is compulsory behind door with measurement devices in it.
Partition used in 600mm width and 800mm width cubicles.
2 sets of box can be extended to become one bigger box.
DD800571
For further information about the partition selection, please refer to page C-60.
Designation Cubicle width(mm) Number of modules Com. no.
Metering box 600 4M LSM58711A
Metering box 800 5M LSM58712A
For futher information about the partitioning selection, see page C-61.

Form 2 partition
Horizontal partitioning on top
DD800229
Horizontal Cat. no.

Cubicle Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm
busbar width 75mm pitch 75mm pitch 115mm pitch
system (mm)
Horizontal Required Horizontal Required Horizontal Required
busbar modules busbar modules busbar modules
Linergy LSM58653H 300 b 4M b 4M
Evolution LSM58654H 400 b 4M b 4M
busbars
LSM58656H 600 b 4M b 4M
LSM58657H 600+200 b 4M b 4M
LSM58658H 800 b 4M b 4M
LSM58647H
LSM58646H 600 b 3M b 4M
For framework, W = 600 + 200 mm.
LSM58647H 600+200 b 3M b 4M
DD800230
LSM58648H 800 b 3M b 4M
LSM58663H 300 b 4M
LSM58664H 400 b 4M
LSM58666H 600 b 4M
LSM58667H 600+200 b 4M
LSM58668H 800 b 4M
Horizontal partitioning at bottom

Horizontal Cat. no. Cubicle Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm
busbar width 75mm pitch 75mm pitch
system (mm)
Horizontal Required Horizontal Required
LSM58643H
busbar modules busbar modules
For framework, W = 300 mm.
DD800233
LSM58746H 600 b 5M b 5M
LSM58747H 600+200 b 5M b 5M
LSM58748H 800 b 5M b 5M
Note: when the busbars are at the bottom of the cubicle, gland plates are mandatory, see page
D-10.
Note: to protect horizontal busbars installed at the bottom of the cubicle, add a free support
LSM58089.
Inter-cubicle partitioning in framework, D = 400 mm

Lateral barrier for vertical busbar, D = 400 mm LSM58674V
DD800232
Partitioning extension in framework, D = 600 mm

In a 600 mm deep framework, add the extension lateral barrier to the partitioning,
D = 400 mm (Com. no. LSM58674V).
Extension lateral barrier for vertical busbar, D = 400mm + 200mm LSM58674V +
LSM58676V
C-64
System M
Selection table
Form
Form 2 partition (continue) Partitioning between vertical busbars and devices (1) in
framework, D = 400 mm
DD800555
1 to 6 modules divisible vertical barrier, D = 400 mm LSM58675V

Note: For a complete cubicle height order 6 pieces.
K
JI
H
GF
E
D
C
(1) module cased circuit breakers.

B
A
DD800234
Front and rear partitioning

Front barrier is mandatory if HMI devices are mounted on the door.
A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment when depth = 600 mm,
as the vertical busbar is installed in depth = 400 mm.
Front barrier for vertical busbar, W = 200 mm LSM58672V
Front barrier vertical busbar W300 LSM58673V
Front barrier vertical busbar W400 LSM58774A
C-65
System M
Selection table
Form
Form 2 partition (continue) 2 Masterpact NW/2 EasyPact MVS Solution

Device Width of NO. of Upper device Lower device
DD800198
enclosure pole
Fixed device
2 NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58721A LSM58721A + LSM58655H +
LSM58659H
800mm 3P/4P LSM58722A LSM58722A + Customized
solution*
Drawout device
2 NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58723A LSM58723A + LSM58655H +
LSM58659H
800mm 3P/4P LSM58724A LSM58724A+ Customized
solution*
* Customized solution, please refer to NHA3879602 + NHA3632102 for detail drawing.
Form 2 partition between upstream terminals and busbars
for 2 NW/MVS
Masterpact NW/EasyPact MVS Coupling Solution

DD800195
DD800196
Device Width of NO. of Upper terminal to Lower terminal to vertical

enclosure pole horizontal busbar busbar
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58717A LSM58726A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58719A LSM58727A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P ** **
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58718A LSM58726A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58720A LSM58727A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P LSM58725A LSM58731A
Form 2 partition for upper terminal to horizontal busbar

and lower terminal to vertical busbar
Masterpact NW/EasyPact MVS Dedicated Solution

Device Width of NO. of Upper terminal to horizontal busbar
DD800197
enclosure pole
Fixed device
NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58717A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58719A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P **
Drawout device
NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58718A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58720A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P LSM58725A
**Please contact with Schneider Electric.
Form 2 partition between upstream terminals and
horizontal busbars
C-66
System M
Selection table
Form
Form 2 partition (continue) Masterpact NW/EasyPact MVS 40 Solution with bottom HBB
Device Width of NO. of Lateral partion to vertical busbar
DD800599
enclosure pole
Fixed device
NW/MVS 40 600mm 3P LSM58677V + 2 x LSM58673V
800mm 4P
Masterpact NT
Decice Width of NO. of Busbar Pitch (mm) Form 2
enclosure pole connection partation
Fixed device
NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P Upper terninals to 75 LSM58715A
horizontal busbar
115 LSM58715A
+ LSM58659H
upper terminals to - LSM58715A
vertical busbar + LSM58655H
lower terminals to - LSM58716A
Drawout device
NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P Upper terninals to 75 LSM58715A
horizontal busbar
115 LSM58715A
+ LSM58659H
Upper terminals to - LSM58715A
Compact NS
Decice Width of Poles Busbar Pitch (mm) Form 2
enclosure connection partation
Fixed device
NS 06/16 600mm 3P/4P Upper terninals to 75 LSM58713A
horizontal busbar
115 LSM58713A
+ LSM58659H
Drawout device
NS 06/16 600mm 3P/4P Upper terninals to 75 LSM58715A
horizontal busbar
115 LSM58715A
+ LSM58659H
C-67
System M
Selection table
Form
Form 3 partition Horizontal partitioning

Horizontal barriers separate functional units from one another
DD800317
In in-duct connection assemblies, they can be used to separate the downstream

terminals from the functional unit.
In a 600mm depth framework, add the extension horizontal partition plate
D200(Commercial reference LSM58659H).
Form 3 horizontal partition D=400mm LSM58655H
Form 3 horizontal partition D=600mm (400mm+200mm) LSM58655H +
LSM58659H
Vertical partitioning
If Form 3 partition is needed, use Form 2 partition for vertical busbars.
DD800584

1 to 6 modules divisible vertical barrier, D = 400 mm LSM58675V
DD800555
K
JI
H
GF
E
D
C
B
A
C-68
System M
Selection table
Form
Form 4 partition Masterpact NW/EasyPact MVS

Device Width of NO. of Customer connection to
enclosure pole lower terminals
DD800199
Fixed device
Front NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58726A
connection 800mm 3P/4P LSM58727A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P *
Rear NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58728A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P *
Drawout device
Front NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58726A
Form 4 partition for Masterpact NW customer connection NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P LSM58731A
to lower terminals Rear NW/MVS 08/32 600mm 3P LSM58728A
NW/MVS 40 800mm 3P/4P LSM58730A
DD800220
* Please contact with Schneider Electric local office.
Upper device
2 Masterpact NW/EasyPact MVS
Device Width of NO. of Customer connection to
enclosure pole lower terminals
Fixed device
Rear NW/MVS 08/32 Upper device 600mm 3P LSM58728A
Lower device Lower device 600mm 3P LSM58728A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58729A
Drawout device
Rear NW/MVS 08/32 Upper device 600mm 3P LSM58728A
Form 4 partition for 2xMasterpact NW Lower device 600mm 3P LSM58728A
800mm 3P/4P LSM58729A
DD800224
Masterpact NT
Device Width of NO. of Customer Customer
enclosure pole connection connection
to upper to lower
terminals terminals
Fixed device
Front NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -
connection 600mm - LSM58735A
Rear NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -
Form 4 partition for Masterpact NT customer connection
to upper terminals Drawout device
Front NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -
DD800235
Rear NT 06/16 600mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -

Compact NS
Device Width of NO. of Customer Customer
enclosure pole connection connection
to upper to lower
terminals terminals
Fixed device
Form 4 partition for Compact NS customer connection
to lower terminals Front NS 630b/1600 600mm 3P/4P LSM58732A -
Rear NS 630b/1600 600mm 3P/4P LSM58733A -
Drawout device
Front NS 630b/1600 600mm 3P/4P LSM58734A -
Rear NS 630b/1600 600mm 3P/4P LSM58736A -
C-69
System M
Selection table
Form
Compact NSX 100 to 630, EasyPact CVS100 to 630,

DD800273
EasyPact EZC100 to 400, Interpact INS250 to 630

Device NO. of vertical Customer connection
modules (1)
Front NSX 100/630, CVS 100/630, 3M~5M LSM58738A
connection EZC 100/630, INS 250/630
Rear NSX 100/630, CVS 100/630, 3M~5M LSM58739A
Form 4 partition for module cased circuit breakers front connection EZC 100/630, INS 250/630
connection (1) Vertical modules of partitioning is consistent with the vertical modules of devices.
DD800059
DD800067
191(4M)
241(5M)
241(5M)
191(4M)
141(3M)
141(3M)
32 32
1 1
200 150
Form 4 MCCB side connection, width=200mm Form 4 MCCB Side connection, width=150mm
DD800068
DD800069
240(5M)
240(5M)
190(4M)
190(4M)
140(3M)
140(3M)
419
419
27 22
2.5 2.5
Form 4 MCCB rear connection, depth=272.5mm Form 4 MCCB rear connection, depth=222.5mm
C-70
C-71
Enclosures Contents
System M
Description D-2
In-door cubicles up to 3200 A D-2
Commercial numbers D-5

IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 3200 A for front access D-5
IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles up to 3200 A for rear access D-6
IP54 floor standing cubicles up to 3200 A for front access D-7
L shape combination and corner kit D-9
IP30 / 31 / 54 floor standing cubicles up to 3200 A D-10
IP30 / 31 / 54 cubicles accessories D-12
Dimensions D-14
D-1
Enclosures In-door cubicles up to 3200 A
General
System M
Description
Floor standing enclosures
DD800369
DD800370
Sites commercial and industrial builidings
IP IP30 / 31 / 54
In up to 1600 A up to 3200 A in dedicated cubicle
IK 07(with front plate), 08(IP30 with door), 10(IP54 with door)
Functional height
DD800336
36 modules
(1 module = 50 mm)
Overall depth (mm) 400 600
Enclosure color RAL 7047
Front plates color RAL 9022
Association Side-by-side
Bar duct always associated to 600 mm wide enclosure

(width = 200 mm)
Cable duct 300 or 400 or 600 or 800 mm wide enclosures
DD800339
Connection points totally accessible from the front
IEC 61439-1
D-2
General
System M
Description
Floor standing enclosures
DD800558
DD800557
Sites commercial and industrial builidings
IP IP30 / 31 / 54
In up to 1600 A up to 3200 A in dedicated cubicle
IK 07(with front plate), 08(IP30 with door), 10(IP54 with door)
Functional height
DD800336
36 modules
(1 module = 50 mm)
Overall depth (mm) 800 1000
Enclosure color RAL 7047
Front plates color RAL 9022
Association Side-by-side
Bar duct 200mm wide always associated to 600mm wide enclosure or with a single 300mm wide
enclosure.
Cable duct 300 or 400 or 600 or 800 mm wide enclosures

DD800559
Connection points totally accessible from the front
IEC 61439-1
D-3
General
System M
Description
Enclosure description 1 The framework

The framework is used as support of:
DD800515
bb functional units (device mounting plate, front plate, …),

bb panels and door,
bb busbars,
bb fixing on the floor,
bb combination.
It is the same for all IP.
Assembly is done with 16 screws, all directly accessible.
Uprights have holes every 25 mm.
It has been designed to be resistant enough to support all the mechanical
constraints, as well as handling and transport.
2 Doors
bb 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm wide doors:
vv both plain and transparent doors are reversible and designed for quick and easy
left or right-hand mounting by a single person (no transparent door for W400
enclosures),
vv the hinges are made for easy mounting and dismantling,
vv all fixing points are located on the front of the uprights and do not take up any
useful space for devices,
vv a range of locks are available for the “push and pull” handle.
vv the 12-module height front door for dedicated cubicle (NW / MVS / MT) is locked by
1 flat screwdriver lock.
bb 200mm, 300mm and 400mm wide doors:
vv plain doors are reversible and easy left or right-hand mounting by a single person,
vv they are locked by 1 flat screwdriver lock.
3 Rear panels
The IP30 panels are made up of vents at the top and bottom to secure natural
ventilation of the switchboard.
For the IP31 degree of protection and capacitor banks, it is necessary to hide
partially the holes with a cover.
For the IP54 degree of protection, a dedicated panel is available.
4 Side panels
Mounting is guided at the top by hooking onto special studs.
They are easy to handle.
The side panels are rapidly assembled by screws.
5 The roof
The roof panel is delivered with the framework. It is flat for passage under all
doorways and includes four holes for the lifting rings.
The lifting rings can be installed and removed without removing the roof.
6 Gland plates
In two parts to facilitate cable entry, gland plates can be easily installed to allow the
mounting of cable glands for effective sealing.
Framework combination Side-by-side

The 600 and 800 mm wide frameworks are supplied with a combination kit.
DD800330
To maintain the IP54 degree of protection, an optional gasket must be installed

between the combined floor standing enclosures.
D-4
Enclosures IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles
System M up to 3200 A for front access
Selection table
Commercial numbers
bb Composition of framework commercial number:

vv depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 600 + 200 mm
cubicles for the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),
vv depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 600 + 200 mm cubicles), equipped
with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,
vv 4 cross-pieces,
vv mounting hardware.
bb For the 600 + 200 mm width, the busbar compartment (W = 200 mm) can be on
the left or right.
bb Cubicles can be combined side-by-side.
bb They can be equipped with IP30 cover panels.
bb Enclosure accessories, see page D-11.
400 mm deep framework IP30/31 IP30 IP31

DD800214
DD800241
DD800615
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800616
DD800557
Width Framework Door (1) 2 side Front plate Rear panels Rear panels Gasket
(mm) with roof panels (2) support
plain or transparent
300 LSM57403A LSM58423A - - - LSM58413A LSM58413A LSM58490A
400 LSM57404A LSM58634A - LSM58474A - LSM58414A LSM57414A LSM58490A
600 LSM57406A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58474A LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A
600 + 200 LSM57462A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58474A LSM58700A LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A
+ LSM58422A + LSM58422A
800 LSM57408A LSM58428A LSM58468T LSM58474A - LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A
(1) The door is available for both front and rear side of framework.
(2) The lateral panel is available for both left and right side of the combination or a single cubicle.

DD800217
DD800241
DD800615
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800616
DD800557
+ LSM58422A + LSM58422A
Enclosure weight Empty weight

Framework Weight (kg)
width (mm) Enclosure D = 400 mm Enclosure D = 600 mm
With door With door
300 59 71
400 71 90
600 84 97
600 + 200 95 124
800 104 106
D-5
Enclosures IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles
System M up to 3200 A for rear access
Selection table
Commercial numbers

vv depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear
frame is dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with
intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.
vv depth=1000 mm: back to back association of one frame of depth 600 mm plus one
dedicated frame of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is dedicated for rear access architecture
and thus not equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates.
the left or right.

DD800560
DD800241
DD800615
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800616
DD800557
300 2X LSM58423A - - - LSM58413A LSM58413A LSM58490A
LSM57403A X2
400 2X LSM58634A - 2X - LSM58414A LSM57414A LSM58490A
LSM57404A LSM58474A X2
600 2X LSM58426A LSM58466T 2X LSM58700A LSM58416A LSM57416A LSM58490A
600 + 200 2 X LSM58426A LSM58466T 2 X LSM58700A LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A
LSM57462A + LSM58422A + LSM58422A LSM58474A X2
800 2X LSM58428A LSM58468T 2X - LSM58418A LSM57418A LSM58490A

DD800561
DD800241
DD800615
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800616
Width Framework Door (1) 2 side Front plate Rear panels Rear panels Gasket DD800557
+ X2
LSM57403A
+ + X2
LSM57404A LSM58474A
+ + X2
LSM57406A LSM58474A
+ + + + X2
LSM57462A LSM58422A LSM58422A LSM58474A
+ + X2
LSM57408A LSM58474A
Empty weight
Enclosure weight Framework Weight (kg)
With door With door
300 118 120
400 116 135
600 168 181
600 + 200 190 219
800 208 210
D-6
Enclosures IP54 floor standing cubicles
System M up to 3200 A for front access
Commercial numbers
Composition of framework commercial number:

vv depth = 400 mm: two frames (with two additional uprights for W = 600 + 200 mm
cubicles for the mounting plates and to separate the busbar compartment),
vv depth = 600 mm: two frames (three for W = 600 + 200 mm cubicles), equipped
with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates,
vv 4 cross-pieces,
vv mounting hardware.
the left or right.
400 mm deep framework To secure compliance with the degree of protection IP54, the addition of a gasket is
needed (see page D-10).
DD800214
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800557
DD800615
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side Front plate Gasket
(mm) with roof panels (2) support IP54
300 LSM57403A LSM57424A - LSM58413A - - LSM58489A
400 LSM57404A LSM57635A - LSM58415A LSM57475A - LSM58489A
600 LSM57406A LSM57427A LSM57467T LSM58417A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A
600 + 200 LSM57462A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM58419A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A
800 LSM57408A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM58419A LSM57475A - LSM58489A
DD800217
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800615
DD800557
Width Framework Door (1) Rear 2 side Front plate Gasket
(mm) with roof panels panels (2) support IP54
600 + 200 LSM57662A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM58419A LSM57477A LSM58700A LSM58489A

With door With door
300 59 71
400 80 97
600 84 97
600 + 200 94 123
800 106 108
D-7
Enclosures IP54 floor standing cubicles
System M up to 3200 A for rear access
Commercial numbers

vv depth=800 mm: back to back association of two frames of depth 400 mm, the rear
frame is dedicated for rear access architecture and thus not equipped with
intermediate mounting plates.
vv depth=1000 mm: back to back association of one frame of depth 600 mm plus one
dedicated frame of depth 400 mm, the rear frame is dedicated for rear access
architecture and thus not equipped with intermediate mounting plates.
the left or right.
DD800560
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800615
DD800557
Width Framework Door (1) Rear 2 side Front plate Gasket
(mm) with roof panels panels (2) support IP54
x2 x2
x2 x2 x2
x2 x2 x2
600 + LSM57462A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM58419A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A
200 x2 x2 x2
x2 x2 x2
DD800561
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800615
DD800557
Width Framework Door (1) Rear 2 side Gasket

(mm) with roof panels panels (2) IP54
+LSM57403A x2
+LSM57404A +LSM57477A x2
+LSM57406A +LSM57477A x2
600 + LSM57662A LSM57429A LSM57469T LSM58419A LSM57475A LSM58700A LSM58489A
200 +LSM57462A +LSM57477A x2
+LSM57408A +LSM57477A x2

With door With door
300 118 120
400 131 147
600 168 181
600 + 200 190 219
800 208 210
D-8
Enclosures L shape combination and
System M corner kit
Commercial numbers
Lateral panel for L shape Left or right combinations of two cubicles with different depths (800 + 400 or 1000 +
600).
combination
Commercial reference Description
DD800572
LSM58478A Lateral panel D=400mm for L shape combination
bb These panels simply replace the standard side panels.

bb Equipped with a factory-mounted polyurethane (PUR) gasket.
IP30 right-angle kit Metal duct

Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal busbars between two
cubicles installed at right angles.
DD800193
Designation Commercial reference

Corner cubicle kit D=400mm LSM58636A
Corner cubicle kit D=600mm LSM58637A
Note: Gasket for IP54 is LSM58489A.

DD800194
D-9
Enclosures IP30 / 31 / 54 floor standing
System M cubicles up to 3200 A
Gasket / Base frame / Gland plates
Commercial numbers
Base frame The baseframe is made up of two commercial numbers:

bb one commercial number comprising four corner posts + two cross-pieces (front
and rear), that can be used in side-by-side combinations or stacked to form a plinth
DD800261
200 mm high (maximum)

bb one commercial number comprising two side plates (400 or 600 mm).
Each commercial number is supplied with the necessary hardware.
4 corner posts and 2 crosspieces W = 300 mm LSM53433A
W = 400 mm LSM53434A
W = 600 mm LSM53436A
W = 800 mm LSM53438A
2 side plates D = 400 mm LSM53444A
D = 600 mm LSM53446A
Gland plates Designation Com. no.

Gland plate, D = 400 mm W = 300 mm LSM58483A
DD800262
W = 400 mm LSM58484A
W = 600 mm LSM58486A
W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM53488A
W = 400 mm LSM58684A
W = 600 mm LSM53686A
W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM53688A
Dimensions
DD800263
Depth 400 mm
DD800264
DD800265
225/325
300/400
DD800276
Depth 600 mm
DD800266
DD800267
225/325
300/400
DD800268
D-10
Enclosures IP30 / 31 / 54 floor standing
System M cubicles up to 3200 A
Gasket / Base frame / Gland plates
Commercial numbers
Gasket (IP31 / 54) The addition of a gasket over a floor standing enclosure equipped with a door secure
compliance with the degree of protection IP31 / 54.
DD800260
IP31 gasket LSM58490A

IP54 gasket LSM58489A
D-11
Enclosures IP30 / 31 / 54 cubicles accessories
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Cable tie supports For cable class 2, the cable tie supports should be located as close as possible to the
connection points. For the recommended distances between the cable tie supports.
DD800269

4 floor standing cable tie supports W = 200 mm LSM58492A
W = 300 mm LSM58493A
W = 400 mm LSM58495A
W = 600 mm LSM58496A
D = 400 mm LSM58494A
D = 600 mm LSM58696A
Mounting hardware Designation Com. no.

100 screws + nuts for framework LSM58470A
DD381327
Set of four lifting rings screwed to the framework. Use a set of lifting rings for each
Lifting rings framework (W = 600 and 800 mm) containing devices.
When two cubicles with devices have been combined, use a lifting beam.
DD800536

4 lifting rings LSM58471A
bb can be installed and removed without removing the roof
bb even if they are left attached, the switchboard conserves its original degree of
protection.
DD800373
DD381542
400/600 400/600 400/600 400/600
300/ 300/ 300/ 300/ 300/ 300/

400 400 400 400 400 400
400 400 400 400
400/600 400/600 400/600 400/600
300/ 300/ 300/ 300/ 300/ 300/

400 400 400 400 400 400
Positions of the lifting rings for two combined cubicles
containing devices. In this case, a lifting beam must be used.
Barrel lock and insert

For 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm wide doors
DD800122

Barrel lock no. 405 08940
DIN double bar insert 08945
Screwdriver slot insert 08946
For 200 mm and 300 mm wide door

DIN double bar assembled lock LSM58498A
Slot assembled lock LSM58499A
Ronis key no.405 assembled lock LSM58500A
bb 200mm and 300mm wide door are equipped with slot assembled
lock(LSM58499A) by default.
bb According to customer requirement,another two different locks can be selected.
08940
08946
D-12
Enclosures IP30 / 31 / 54 cubicles accessories
Selection table
System M
Commercial numbers
Drawing holder Designation Com. no.

Adhesive drawing holder, colour RAL 9001 08963
DD381208
Fan Designation Com. no.

Top hood with top fan IP54 NSYCVF575M230MF
DD800576
Dimensions
DD800577
240mm
220mm
190mm
220mm
Ø7mm
D-13
Enclosures IP30 / 31/54 floor standing
System M cubicles
Dimensions
Frameworks, D = 400 mm
DD800242
DD800243
DD800244
400
Frameworks, D = 600 mm
DD800245
DD800246
DD800247
DD800248
400
Cubicle with cover panels, depth = 400 and 600 mm Fixing to floor
Depth Without plinth
Door in front and panel in rear Door in front and rear 12.5
DD800254
A B
DD800249
DD800250
DD800252
300 225
280/ 400 325
465/ 480 600 525
665 600+200 527+166
800 725
Width With base frame

DD800371
DD800372
DD800255
30
12.5
30
A B A B
600 300/400 300 259
600+200 300/400 400 359
800 300/400 600 559
800 759
Door
Available space behind door W = 200/300/400mm
DD800256
DD800257
DD800258
DD800259
49.5 49.5
64.5 64.5
63 63
63 63
25 25
40 40
63 63
63 63
394/594/794
D-14
D-15
2
Characteristics Contents
System M
Spare parts E-2
Electrical characteristics E-3

Overview of rear access architectures in Prisma iPM E-3
Designing horizontal flat busbars up to 4000 A E-5
Designing linergy evolution busbar up to 4000A E-6
Designing vertical flat busbars up to 4000 A E-7
Designing Linergy busbars up to 1600 A E-8
Designing connections u 630 A between a device and busbars E-9
Masterpact/EasyPact circuit breakers
Fixed NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32 E-9
Drawout NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32 E-11
Masterpact circuit breakers
Fixed NT06 to NT16 E-13
Drawout NT06 to NT16 E-15
Compact circuit breakers
Fixed NS1600b to NS3200 E-17
Fixed NS630b to NS1600 E-18
Withdrawable NS630b to NS1600 E-20
Designing customer connections E-22
Fixed or drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Top or bottom connection E-22
Fixed Compact NS1600b to NS3200
Front connection E-23
Fixed or drawout Compact NS630b to NS1600
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW40 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW40 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40
Front or rear connection E-26
Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW40 / EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40
Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Rear connection E-29
Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Withdrawable Compact NS630b to NS1600, reat connection E-36
Designing connections y 630 A E-38
Designing connections with cables E-40
Designing the PE protective conductor E-41
Mechanical characteristics E-42

Degree of protection E-42
Properties of metal enclosure E-44
Thermal management of switchboards E-45
General E-45
Comparative method E-47
Example E-48
Charts E-50
Example E-51
Heating E-52
Environment E-53
Environmental profile of Prisma iPM switchboards E-53
Special solutions E-55

NW/MVS 4000A configuration E-55
Seismic solution E-66
Assembling recommendations E-70

Presentation of components E-70
E-1
Characteristics Spare parts
System M
Spare parts
Door accessories
Floor standing enclosures Com. no.
Door spare parts for system M LSM58032A
Framework spare parts for system M LSM58033A
Prisma iPM spare parts handle LSX58031A
DD800058
DD800559
DD800556
Door spare parts for Framework spare parts Prisma iPM spare parts
system M for system M handle
Linergy busbar accessories (IP30)

DD384574
Linergy Evolution busbar accessories

DD384609
1
Linergy Evolution connection screwplate kit 01130
1 4 flat plates
2 4 flat plates
2
3 4 flat plates
4 24 conical contact washer Ø8
3 5 24 torque nut M8
6 24 flat washers Ø22
4 5 6
Linergy Evolution busbar accessories
Front plate accessory Designation Com. no.

20 front plate screws + nuts LSX58030A
DD800561
20 front plate screws + nuts
DD800210

E-2
Characteristics Overview of rear access
System M architectures in Prisma iPM
Configuration
PD800084
Configuration for out going functional units

PD800084
E-3
Characteristics Overview of rear access
System M architectures in Prisma iPM
Configuration for incoming functional units

PD800063
2 bars of 80x10
per phase for 35
degrees ambient
with NW/MVS20
for In=2000A.
The design of the

upstream busbar is the
same for front or rear
access.
Connection
Flat bars, 5 mm thick
Device Permissible current (A)
Average ambient temperature around the switchboard
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
NW/ Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 bb
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
NW/ Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 b
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
b connection not possible.

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
NW25 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
MVS25 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360
MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
E-4
Characteristics Designing horizontal flat
System M busbars up to 4000 A
Permissible current and selection of horizontal busbars

The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and operating criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Flat busbars, 5 mm thick
No. of bars / phase Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Size per phase IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
1 bar, 60 x 5 mm 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 bar, 80 x 5 mm 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
2 bars, 60 x 5 mm 1580 1420 1500 1350 1400 1250 1350 1180 1260 1090 1180 b
2 bars, 80 x 5 mm 2010 1820 1920 1720 1800 1600 1720 1510 1610 1390 1510 b
Up to 4000 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 bar, 50 x 10 mm 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 bar, 60 x 10 mm 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 bar, 80 x 10 mm 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
2 bars, 50 x 10 mm 2270 2090 2160 1980 2050 1850 1930 1740 1810 1610 1690 b
2 bars, 60 x 10 mm 2550 2270 2420 2140 2300 2000 2170 1870 2030 1720 1900 b
2 bars, 80 x 10 mm 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660 2330 2500 2160 2330 b
2 bars, 100 x 10 mm 3650 3280 3490 3100 3300 2900 3130 2720 2950 2510 2750 b
2 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b
bb connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices

installed in the switchboard.
Example
Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2050 A current with an IP y 31 and an
ambient temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
Where possible, use of 10 mm bars is worthwhile in terms of the In/Isc:

bb gain in time during switchboard mounting given, where applicable, the lesser
number of bars installed
bb for short-circuits, the rigidity of the bars means fewer busbar supports.
Recommendation
Use 5 mm bars for In y 1600 A and low Icw values (40 kA rms).
Use 10 mm bars for In > 1600 A and medium to high Icw values (> 40 kA rms).
Note: The values indicated above have been validated for Prisma iPM switchboards.
E-5
Characteristics Designing linergy evolution
System M busbar up to 4000A
Permissible current and selection of Linergy Evolution

busbars
Up to 4000 A
Linergy Evolution Profile
Type of bars Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy Evolution 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 b
b Connection not possible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the switchboard.
E-6
Characteristics Designing vertical flat busbars
System M up to 4000 A
Lateral busbars
Permissible current and selection of vertical busbars

Up to 1600 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 bar, 60 x 5 mm 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 bar, 80 x 5 mm 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 4000 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 bar, 50 x 10 mm 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 bar, 60 x 10 mm 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 bar, 80 x 10 mm 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
2 bars, 50 x 10 mm 2270 2090 2160 1980 2050 1850 1930 1740 1810 1610 1690 b
2 bars, 60 x 10 mm 2550 2270 2420 2140 2300 2000 2170 1870 2030 1720 1900 b
2 bars, 80 x 10 mm 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660 2330 2500 2160 2330 b
2 bars, 100 x 10 mm 3650 3280 3490 3100 3300 2900 3130 2720 2950 2510 2750 b
2 bars, 120 x 10 mm 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b
bb connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices

DD381461
Example
Two 50x10 mm bars can be used for a 2050 A current with an IP≥31 and an ambient
temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
E-7
Characteristics Designing Linergy busbars up to
System M 1600 A
Permissible current and selection of Linergy busbars

Lateral Linergy busbars

Linergy bar
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy 630 A 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 b
Linergy 800 A 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b
Linergy 1000 A 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b
Linergy 1250 A 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b
Linergy 1600 A 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b
Example
A Linergy channelled bar can be used for a 1650 A current with an IP y 31 and an
ambient temperature around the switchboard of 35°C.
bb Connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices

DD381233
DD381234
DD381235
Bar 630 A. Bar 800 A. Bar 1000 A.

Cat. no. 04502. Cat. no. 04503. Cat. no. 04504.
DD381236
DD381237
Bar 1250 A. Bar 1600 A.

Cat. no. 04505. Cat. no. 04506.
E-8
Characteristics
Designing connections u 630 A
System M between a device and busbars
Electrical characteristics Fixed NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Masterpact/EasyPact
DD381792
NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Fixed
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and the
maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for a
vertical, fixed Masterpact NW08 / 32 (Easypact MVS08/32) and MT08 / MT32, taking
into account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NW/ Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 bb
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360
MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
E-9
Characteristics
Electrical characteristics Fixed NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360
MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
E-10
Characteristics
Electrical characteristics Drawout NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Masterpact/EasyPact
DD381469
NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Drawout
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, drawout Masterpact NW08 / 32 (Easypact MVS08/32) and MT08 / MT32,
taking into account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP
value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040
MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
E-11
Characteristics
Electrical characteristics Drawout NW/MVS08 to NW/MVS32
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040
MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
E-12
Characteristics Designing connections u 630 A
System M
between a device and busbars
Electrical characteristics Fixed NT06 to NT16
Masterpact NT06 to NT16
DD381467
Fixed
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Masterpact NT06 / NT16 and MT06 / MT16, taking into account the
ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 Size per phase 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 bb
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
NT08 Size per phase 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
NT16(1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
(1) Make the neutral connection with two bars, 50 x 5 mm.

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
NT16(1) Size per phase 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 bb
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
(1) Make the neutral connection with 2 bars, 50 x 5 mm.
E-13
System M
Electrical characteristics Fixed NT06 to NT16
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
E-14
System M
Electrical characteristics Drawout NT06 to NT16
DD381465
Drawout
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, drawout Masterpact NT06 / NT16 and MT06 / MT16, taking into account the
ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
NT16(1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NT16(1) Size per phase 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 bb
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-15
System M
Electrical characteristics Drawout NT06 to NT16
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-16
System M
Electrical characteristics Fixed NS1600b to NS3200
Compact NS1600b to NS3200
DD383539
Fixed
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Compact NS1600b / NS3200, taking into account the ambient
temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS1600b Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
NS2000 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
E-17
System M
Compact NS630 to NS1600
DD383544
Fixed
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Compact NS630b / NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
NS800 Size per phase 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 2b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
NS1600(1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
NS1600 (1) Size per phase 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 bb
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
E-18
System M
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
E-19
System M
Electrical characteristics Withdrawable NS630b to NS1600
Compact NS630 to NS1600
DD381465
Withdrawable
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, withdrawable Compact NS630b / NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
NS1600(1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 b
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NS1600 (1) Size per phase 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 2b 50 x 10 bb
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-20
System M
Electrical characteristics Withdrawable NS630b to NS1600
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-21
Characteristics Designing customer connections
System M
Fixed or drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Top or bottom connection
DD382461
Fixed or drawout, top or bottom
connection
Vertically mounted
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the permissible current for a
prefabricated connection between a vertical Masterpact NT06 / NT16 and MT06 / 16,
fixed or drawout, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature
around the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
Prefabricated connections
Device and Permissible current (A)
com. no. Average ambient temperature around the switchboard
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT08 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT10 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT12 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
NT16 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
Drawout
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT08 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT10 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NT12 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
NT16 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
E-22
System M
Front connection
DD383542
Fixed, top or bottom connection
vertical, fixed Masterpact NS1600b / 3200, taking into account the ambient
Connection to be made according to the busbar drawing supplied.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
E-23
System M
Fixed or drawout Compact NS630b to NS1600
Top or bottom connection
DD383540
Fixed or drawout, top or bottom
connection
Vertically mounted
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the permissible current for a
prefabricated connection between a vertical Compact NS630b / NS1600, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around the
switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS800 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS1000 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS1250 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
Drawout
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P com. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS800 3P com. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS1000 3P com. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P com. no. 33643
NS1250 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P com. no. 33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P com. no. 33643 + 33645
E-24
System M
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW16 /
EasyPact MVS08 to MVS16
Electrical characteristics Top or bottom connection
Masterpact NW08 to NW16 /
Dd383674.eps
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and
the maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connection
for a vertical, fixed NW08/NW40/MVS08 to MVS40, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
Devices Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08/ Size per phase 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 b
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma iPM switchboards.
E-25
System M
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW40 /
Electrical characteristics Front or rear connection
Dd383675.eps
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NW/ Size per phase 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 1b 60x10 1b 60x 10 b
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
NW/ Size per phase 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 1b 80x 10 b
MVS16 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
NW/ Size per phase 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 2b 80x 10 b
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
NW25 Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
MVS25 Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b
I (A) 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2360 2400 2280 2400 2200 2360
NW/ Size per phase 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 2b120x10 b
MVS32 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
MVS40 I (A) (1) 3680 3680 3600 3600 3520 3520 3440 3440 3340 3340 3120
(1) For NW40/MVS40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.
E-26
System M
Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW40 /
Dd383676.eps
Drawout, top or bottom
connection
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connection for
a vertical, drawout NW08/NW40/EasyPact MVS08 to MVS40, taking into account
the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-27
System M
Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW32 /
<无交叉链接>
4
Drawout, top or bottom Customer
connection 4
connection
3
Customer
connection 3
Customer connection 3
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NW/ Size per phase 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 1b 60x10 b
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
NW25 Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b
I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040
MVS25 Size per phase 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 2b100x10 b
I (A) 2270 2080 2210 2010 2150 1940 2080 1870 2010 1800 1940
MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Customer connection 4
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MVS08 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MVS10 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MVS12 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MVS16 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MVS20 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
NW25 Size per phase 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 b
I (A) 2370 2180 2310 2110 2250 2040 2180 1970 2110 1900 2040
MVS25 Size per phase 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 3b 80x10 b
I (A) 2270 2080 2210 2010 2150 1940 2080 1870 2010 1800 1940
MVS32 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
E-28
System M
Rear connection
DD383678
Fixed
maximum permissible currents when making a customer connection for a vertical,
fixed Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient temperature around
the switchboard and the IP value.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
E-29
System M
Rear connection
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 Size per 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 b
phase
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
phase
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
phase
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
NT12 Size per 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 1b 80x10 b
phase
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
NT16 Size per 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b
phase
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
E-30
System M
Rear connection
Dd383679.eps
Drawout
vertical, drawout Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-31
System M
Rear connection
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NT16 Size per phase 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-32
System M
Front or rear connection
Compact NS1600b/3200
Dd383542_1.eps
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connection for
a vertical, fixed Compact NS1600b/3200, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP>31
NS1600b Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 b
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
NS2500 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
NS3200 Size per phase 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 2b120 x 10 b
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
E-33
System M
Rear connection
Dd383543.eps
Fixed
Determining the size of the copper bars and the maximum permissible currents
when making a customer connection for a vertical, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1600,
taking into account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP
value.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
NS800 Size per phase 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 1b 80x5 b
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
E-34
System M
Rear connection
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
NS1600 Size per phase 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
E-35
System M
Withdrawable Compact NS630b
to NS1600, reat connection
DD383807.eps
Withdrawable
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and
the maximum permissible currents when making a rear customer connection for
a vertical, withdrawable Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b Size per phase 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 1b 60x5 b
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-36
System M
Withdrawable Compact NS630b
to NS1600, reat connection
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NS1600 Size per phase 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 1b100x10 b
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
E-37
Characteristics Designing connections y 630 A
System M
Device connections
Insulated flexible copper bars Switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1
It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the
installation of devices in Prisma iPM switchboards.
The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are:
bb the environment in which the devices are installed:
vv position in the enclosure,
vv dimensions of other conductors in the circuit,
vv ambient temperature around the switchboard,
bb the characteristics of the connected devices:
vv device heat losses,
vv the type of installation (horizontal or vertical),
vv the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).
Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:

bb the characteristics of the installed devices
the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes of
flexible bars for a given permissible current. Insulated, flexible bars make for easy,
fast and flexible implementation up to 630 A, but higher ratings require sizes that
cancel these advantages.
For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.
Insulated flexible bars are better than cables, they offer:

bb flexible copper bars with an insulating sheath,
bb better insulation temperature withstand (125°C for bars, 105°C for cables) and a
larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current,
bb greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit
currents,
bb no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the
busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error,
bb fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed and
drilled.
Technical characteristics
bb thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average,
bb rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V,
bb impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV,
bb maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125°C.
Connection In all cubicles with IP y 54

bb the switchboard internal temperature is 60°C,
bb the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125°C.
If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105°C, use the next largest
flexible bar.
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Connection of devices and distribution blocks to busbars

Device INS125 (1) INS160 (1) INS250 (1) INS320 (1) INS500 (1) NS100(1) NS160(1)
INS400 (1) INS630 (1)
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3
Device NS250(1) NS400(1) NS630 (1) NSX100 (1) NSX160 (1) NSX250 (1) NSX400 (1)
S (mm) 20 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 20 x 5 32 x 5
Device NSX630 (1) EZC100 (1) EZC160 (1) EZC250 (1) EZC400 (1)
S (mm) 32 x 8 20 x 2 20 x 3 20 x 3 32 x 5
(1) The values for circuit breakers apply to contactors with the same ratings.
Device Multiclip distribution

block (200 A)
S (mm) 20 x 3
Disconnectors, terminal blocks, connections, busbars to

busbars
I max. (60 °C) 200 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 480 A 520 A 580 A
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 3 24 x 5 24 x 5 24 x 6 32 x 5 32 x 8
E-38
Characteristics Designing connections y 630 A
System M
NSX100 to NSX630
Compact NSX100 to NSX250

Insulated flexible copper bars
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 55
NSX100 Size per phase 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2
TMD-TMG I (A) 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 85
TMD-TMG I (A) 125 122 119 116 113 100
NSX160 (1) Size per phase 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
TMD-TMG I (A) 160 156 152 147 144 140
TMD-TMG I (A) 250 244 238 231 225 198
STR I (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR I (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR I (A) 250 250 237.5 237.5 225 225
(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring
module, multiply the In values by 0.9.
(2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply
the In values by 0.86.
Compact NSX400 to NSX630

Insulated flexible copper bars
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 55
NSX400N/H/L Size per phase 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5
fixed I (A) 400 400 400 390 380 370
with Vigi I (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
fixed I (A) 630 615 600 585 570 550
with Vigi or I (A) 570 550 535 520 505 490
withdrawable
E-39
Characteristics Designing connections with
System M cables
Cables Practical guidelines

Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating of the
circuit breaker.
The size of cables must be selected according to:
bb the level of current,
bb the ambient temperature around the conductors,
bb the degree of protection for the switchboard.
The tables below take into account the installation conditions for each type of device
(permissible temperature at connection terminals, etc.).
They follow the temperature derating values for installed devices in all cubicles with
cover panels rated IP y 54.
bb switchboard internal temperature 60°C,
bb connections using copper cables.
For floor standing enclosures, the volumes, ratings and connection lengths are low.
Select the values in the “Cables tied together” column, according to the IP.
Connection of circuit breakers Size of Permissible current (A)

cables Cables tied individually Cable tied together
(mm²) IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
1.5 16 14 14 12
2.5 25 25 22 20
4 32 29 28 24
6 40 39 36 33
10 63 55 55 50
16 90 77 80 70
25 110 100 100 93
35 135 125 125 120
50 180 150
70 230 190
95 275 230
Note: Schneider Electric recommends connecting NS400 / 630 circuit breakers with insulated
flexible bars or rigid bars (see page C-56).
Connection of other devices Size of Permissible current (A)

cables Cables tied individually Cable tied together
(mm²) IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
1.5 13 12 12 10
2.5 23 21 20 19
4 28 26 25 22
6 36 35 32 30
10 55 50 50 46
16 80 70 72 63
25 100 90 90 84
35 120 115 110 103
50 165 135
70 210 176
95 250 210
E-40
Characteristics Designing the PE protective
System M conductor
Power circuit
Size of PE protective conductor Practical guidelines

The conductor must be sufficiently sized and securely installed in the switchboard to
DD381471
accept the thermal and electrodynamic stresses of the fault current.

It must be connected to the exposed conductive parts of the switchboard.
It must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on site.
Optimised calculation method

Use the calculation equation indicated in standard IEC 61439-1.
√I2t
SPE =
k
bb SPE: cross-sectional area of PE in mm2,

bb I: value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60% of the value of the phase-to-
phase fault current (IEC 61439-1 §8.2.4.2),
bb t: time the fault current flows in seconds,
bb k: coefficient that depends on the type of metal, k = 143 for a copper conductor
with PVC insulation.
Simplified method (based on the equation above)

Use the table below to determine the size of the PE conductor as a function of the
device Isc.
Prisma iPM is designed to respond to Isc of 85kA, with the PE capable of
withstanding a maximum of 51kA. For a fault duration of 0.4s.
Size of PE conductor All Schneider Electric devices
Com. no.
Isc y 40 kA 1 bar, 25 x 5 mm LSM58071A
Isc > 40 kA 1 bar, 50 x 5 mm made by the customer
Size of PEN protective conductor Practical guidelines

The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.:
bb for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm², it must be the same size as the
phase conductors
bb for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm², it can be:
vv the same size as the phase conductors,
vv smaller on the condition that:
-- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the
permissible current for the conductor,
-- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10% of the total rating.
The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on
site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.
Implementing the PEN protective Practical guidelines

According to standard IEC 61439-1, the practical guidelines for implementing the
conductor PEN are the following:
bb at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase
connections,
bb within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed
conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion),
bb the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral,
bb the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars,
bb the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the
switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be
dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop,
bb after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system.
The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.
E-41
Characteristics Degree of protection
System M
General
Standard IEC 60364-5-51 listed and codified a large number of external

influences to which electrical installations can be subjected, including the
presence of water, solid objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances,
etc.
Degree of protection IP Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection
provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts,
against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water.
These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion or
conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin.
The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional
letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts
is better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid
foreign objects and the protection of persons.
The second numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of
water with harmful effects.
1st numeral 2nd numeral

Protection of persons Protection against ingress of solid Protection against ingress of water
objects
1 Protected against Protected against
1 Protected against
DD381966
DD381959
DD381959
access with back of solid foreign objects vertically falling water

hand larger than 50 mm drops (condensation)

2 Protected against
DD381967
DD381960
DD381963
access with a finger solid foreign objects vertically falling water

larger than 12.5 mm drops when enclosure
tilted up to 15°

3 Protected against
DD381968
DD381961
DD381961
access with a tool solid foreign objects spraying water up to

larger than 2.5 mm 60° from vertical

4 Protected against
DD381962
DD381962
DD381969
access with a wire solid foreign objects splashing water from

larger than 1 mm all directions
5 Protected against Protected against dust

5 Protected against
DD381964
DD381962
DD381970
access with a wire (dust protected) water jets from all

directions
6 Protected against Dust tight

6 Protected against
DD381962
DD381965
DD381971
access with a wire powerful water jets

from all directions
7 Protected against the

DD381972
effects of temporary
immersion in water
8 Protected against the

DD381973
effects of continuous
immersion in water
E-42
Characteristics Degree of protection
System M
General
Additional letter (optional) Protection of persons against access to hazardous parts.

Designation Protection
A Protected against access with back of hand
B Protected against access with a finger
C Protected against access with a tool
D Protected against access with a wire
The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that
indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by “X”, e.g. IPxxB.
Example
Protected against solid foreign objects
larger than 2.5 mm
No protection
IP30D Protected against access with
a tool 1 mm in diameter
Remarks on the degree of bb the degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by
numeral and not as a whole.
protection IP For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that
requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. But an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is
not suitable.
bb the degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures as
presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when the
installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standards.
Degree of protection against Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to
resist mechanical impacts from all sides.
mechanical impacts IK
IK code Impact energy (joules(1))
01 0.14
02 0.2
03 0.35
04 0.5
05 0.7
06 1
07 2
08 5
09 10
10 20
(1)The SI derived unit used to measure energy or work. One joule is equal to the energy used to
accelerate a body with a mass of one kilogram using one newton of force over a distance of one
meter. One joule is also equivalent to one watt-second.
Recommendation
In terms of the risks of impacts, selection of the IK code can be summed up as
indicated below.
Site Recommended IK
No risk of major impact Technical rooms 07
Significant risk of impact that Hallways 08 (switchboard with door)
can damage devices
Maximum risk of impact that can Workshops 10
damage the switchboard
E-43
Characteristics Properties of metal enclosure
System M
Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard EN 50298 for empty enclosures.
The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives a thermosetting,
polyester-resin-modified epoxy powder for colour and appearance.
This coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection.
Mechanical properties of powder Test conditions

coated surfaces
Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off) class 0 required (ISO 2409)

Impact strength (1) > 1 kg / 50 cm (ISO 6272)
Mandrel bending test (2) < 10 mm (ISO 6860)
Persoz hardness 300 s (ISO 1522)
(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of one kilogram on the test piece from a
height of 50 centimetres.
(2) Film cracks over a length of 10 millimetres maximum.
Artificial ageing test on powder Test conditions:

Two tests carried out on the same 1 mm thick steel sheet test piece.
coating bb cyclical damp-heat test:
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-30,
-- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40°C,
bb continuous resistance to neutral salt mist:
vv the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours, far more than the 48 hours
required by the standard for indoor installations,
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253
-- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on test piece,
-- 240 hours for a scratched surface.
Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628:
bb adhesion: class y 1,
bb blistering: degree 1 dim.1,
bb rusting: Ri 1,
bb cracking: class 1,
bb flaking imp. 1 dim. 1.
propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.
Chemical properties of Tests carried out at average ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces
coated with a 150 to 200 micron film.
powder coating
Test duration (months) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Acids Concentration
Acetic 20 %
Sulphuric 30 %
Nitric 30 %
Phosphoric 30 %
Hydrochloric 30 %
Lactic 10 %
Citric 10 %
Bases Soda 10 %
Ammonia 10 %
Water Distilled water
Seawater
Tap water
Diluted bleach
Solvents Petrol
High alcohols
Aliphatics
Aromatics
Ketones, esters
Tri-perchlorethylene
Film intact.
Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).
E-44
Characteristics Thermal management of
System M switchboards
General
A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions.

Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and
+70°C.
It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this
temperature range by:
bb correctly sizing the switchboard during design,
bb correcting the temperature using suitable means.
Management of the internal Cooling

There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard.
temperature The drawings below present the various means.
Convection Forced-air ventilation
DD381484
DD381483
DD381481
IP > 31 IP y 31 IP y 54 IP y 54
Ensured naturally in Prisma iPM Using fans, it significantly increases the
enclosures. thermal capacity of an enclosure.
Forced-air Forced
ventilation with convection and
air-air exchanger cooling
DD381920
DD381921
IP > 31 IP > 31
On special request.
For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with
other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms.
Heating
The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a resistor
based heater, used to:
bb avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature,
bb ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.
E-45
Characteristics Thermal management
System M of switchboards
General
Calculation of the internal Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can
evacuate the dissipated power of the installed devices.
temperature Important note
Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with
the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits).
Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but
almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure.
Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the
assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power
P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle.
Method defined by IEC 890 technical report

DD381401
This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three
levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and
distribution blocks installed in the switchboard.
Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the
internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard.
On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the
installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible.
Comparative method
DD381350
A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the
thermal capacity of Prisma iPM enclosures.
This is en empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired
configuration is close to that of a tested configuration.
Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics

To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the
company’s experience and a number of assumptions on the installation.
They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature
and the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mount enclosures and
floor standing enclosures.
DD382422
E-46
Comparative method
Comparative method You will have no problems with your switchboard if:
bb the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a
similar assembly,
bb the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration
in the same size enclosure.
Two floor standing enclosures with busbar
DD800531
compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep, IP30.
Diversity factor: 0.7 and 0.8.
Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35°C.
Floor standing enclosure 1 :
P(W) of device zone = 580 W.
NSX250
NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400
Three floor standing enclosures with busbar

DD800541
compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep,

one 300 mm wide duct, IP30.
Diversity factor: 0.7.
E-47
Example
Two floor standing enclosures with busbar
DD800530
compartment, 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep, two 300
mm wide ducts, IP30.
Diversity factor: 0.7.
NSX250
NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400
Application of the diversity factor In the configuration below, the standardised diversity factor (K div.) for a total of
14 outgoing circuits is 0.6, i.e. 60 % of In for each outgoing circuit.
Merlin Gerin prefers a more conservative approach and therefore divides the
installation into four main circuits:
bb NS250,
bb 200 A Multiclip: 8 outgoers V K div. = 0.7,
bb 4 outgoers V K div. = 0.8,
bb NS400.
1 NS250 + 1 Multiclip 200 A + 1 NS400 V 4 outgoers, i.e. a diversity factor of 0.8.
As a result, the current flowing in each circuit is at least 70% and up to 80% of In.
Calculation of the power Dissipated power of the NT1600 indicated by the manufacturer: 460 W.
The power dissipated by the connections is approximately 30% of the device P(W):
dissipated by devices in 0.3 x 460 = 138 W.
the incoming floor standing Power of circuit breaker + connections = 460 + 138 = 598 W at 1600 A.
enclosure For I² (the Watts are proportional to the square of the current) at 1410 A (In of the
incoming device):
598
x 14102 = 405 W
16002
Dissipated power of the NS250 indicated by the manufacturer: 42 W.

Dissipated power of the connections: 0.3 x 42 = 12.6 W.
Power of circuit breaker + connections = 42 +12.6 = 54.6 W at 250 A.
For 200 A (the tested value):
54,6
x 2002 = 35 W
2502
Dissipated power of four NS250 circuit breakers:

4 x 35 W (same calculation as above) = 140 W
Sum of the dissipated power in the incoming cubicle:

P(W) = 405 + 35 + 140 = 580 W
E-48
Example
Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure
with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the
device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.
DD382423
Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference
in temperature.
For the given example, the heat rise is 22°C at mid-height in the enclosure.
The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise
= 35°C + 22°C = 57°C.
57°C < 60°C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP3
cubicle.
This gives roughly:
Internal temperature = 60°C at mid-height in the enclosure for a low IP value.
Internal temperature = 70°C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.
E-49
Charts
Quick calculation charts for Test conditions: the cubicle is on the floor against a wall, the indicated internal heat
rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.
internal temperatures
For the enclosures not mentioned on the previous IP3X floor standing enclosure, IP3X floor standing enclosure,
pages, use the equation: 400 mm deep 600 mm deep
P
DD382424
DD382425
ΔT =
SxK
where:
ΔT: internal temperature - external temperature.
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and
busbars (in Watts).
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed
in m2).
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material
(W/m2 °C)
K = 5.5 W / m2 °C for painted sheet metal.
IP54 floor standing enclosure, IP54 floor standing enclosure,
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the 400 mm deep 600 mm deep
manufacturer. Add approximately 30% to account for the
DD382428
DD382429
connections and the busbars.
E-50
Example
Switchboard ventilation The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section:
bb through a ventilated roof,
bb or through a ventilation opening.
The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:
( P
D = 3.1 x ΔT - KS )
The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the
dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed
surface area of the enclosure.
Example
Consider an IP3X cubicle, 600 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components
(devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W.
The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50°C.
Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60°C, the
difference in temperature ΔT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10°C.
The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle)
is 4.24 m2.
(back = 1.2 m2, front = 1.2 m2, roof = 0.24 m2, side panels = 1.6 m2).
What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system?
D = 3.1 x( 1000
10 - 5.5 x 4.24 )
The throughput can be calculated as:
D = 238 m3 / h.
In the range of Prisma iPM accessories, select a system with a throughput
of 300 m3 / h.
DD800540
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts).
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts).
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C).
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C).
Te: average external temperature (in °C).
ΔTm = Tm - Te.
ΔT = Ti - Te.
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2).
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W / m2 °C).
D: ventilation throughput (in m3 / h).
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30% to account for the connections and the busbars.
E-51
Heating
Switchboard heating The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal
temperature 10°C higher than the external temperature. When the switchboard is not
in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated power normally emitted by the
switchboard.
The power of the heating resistor is calculated:
bb using the equation: Pr = (ΔT x S x K) - P,
bb or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure
and the desired difference in temperature.
Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures.
DD381789
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts).
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts).
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C).
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C).
Te: average external temperature (in °C).
ΔTm = Tm - Te.
ΔT = Ti - Te.
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2).
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W / m2 °C).
D: ventilation throughput (in m3 / h).
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30% to account for the connections and the busbars.
E-52
Characteristics Environmental profile of
System M Prisma iPM switchboards
Environment
Schneider Electric is committed to a long- Prisma iPM has reaped the benefits of an ecological design process which has
term environmental policy. improved its environmental performance.
This committed approach, aiming to integrate environmental protection right from the
Its intention is to promote respect of all design phase, has been a deciding factor on different aspects:
natural resources and to work towards bb the choice of materials used to preserve natural resources,
constant active improvement of conditions bb use of environmentally friendly manufacturing procedures,
for a clean environment for the satisfaction bb a degree of product recyclability which is well over the environmental
recommendations.
of its customers, staff and the communities
in which it is based. For Schneider Electric, acting responsibly as a company with regard to the
environment and on a wider scale, to society in general, contributes to performance:
bb by obtaining ISO 14001 certification for all its sites,
bb by making pertinent decisions for the long term,
bb by encouraging all its partners, in particular its suppliers and customers, to support
the initiative.
PD800040
Product design Use of high-performance tools has guided the designers in the choice of
materials and has enabled them to assess the impact of the product on the
environment throughout its life-cycle.
Published on 13th February 2003 and applicable as from 1st July 2006, directive
2002 / 95 / EC concerning the restriction of use of certain dangerous substances in
electrical and electronic equipment is more commonly known as the RoHS directive
(Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
Among these substances which are considered dangerous to the environment and
health we find lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated
biphenyls(1) (PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers(1) (PBDE).
These six substances are banned or restricted (if exemption) in the electrical and
electronic equipment listed in the WEEE directive and replaced by more
environmentally friendly substances.
Schneider Electric products are little or only indirectly affected by this

restriction. However all low voltage products will be subject to compliance as
from December 2008.
Production Production is an important phase in the switchboard life-cycle.

Schneider Electric has adopted a dynamic, ambitious environmental policy in its
initiative to integrate environmental protection into its industrial processes, in
PD395023
particular by obtaining ISO 14001 certification for all its sites.

PD395090
(1) They are self-timer of brominated flames.

E-53
Characteristics Environmental profile of
System M Prisma iPM switchboards
Environment
Distribution The concept of a switchboard delivered in kit form, combined with particularly well
thought-out packaging has made it possible to significantly reduce volumes and
therefore limit the risks and pollution caused by transport.
PD395122
A significant reduction
PD395096
in volumes transported
With the kit system, the
products are delivered
flat-packed and are easy
to store and handle.
Optimum use of packaging

Schneider Electric complies with the packaging directive. Published for the first time
on 31st December1994, directive 94 / 62 / EC concerning packaging and packaging
waste has since been updated many times.
This directive applies to all packaging put on the market and all waste produced by it
with the aim of reducing its impact on the environment.
The obligations mainly concern reducing the volume, weight and quantity of heavy
metals used in packaging, its reuse or recovery at the end of its life and
implementation of a system for collecting packaging waste.
PD395011
Switchboard use Use of the Prisma iPM electrical switchboard is a phase of the life-cycle which
can have a significant impact on the environment.
Prisma iPM contains products in compliance with the EUP directive. Published on
22nd July 2005, directive 2005 / 32 / EC relating to ecological design requirements to
be applied to energy consuming products is more commonly known as the EUP
(Energy Using Products) directive.
The aim of this directive is to achieve a high level of environmental protection by
reducing the impact of energy consuming products and fostering acceptance of the
concept of ecological design within companies.
As the switchboard consumes electricity, a certain number of criteria have been

taken into account:
bb reducing energy consumption in the usage phase to a minimum,
bb reducing leaks and release into the environment to a minimum
bb increasing product durability,
bb easier product maintenance and repair (product reliability, product modularity,
etc).
End-of-life Schneider Electric undertakes to comply with recycling rates and to recover the
products at the end of their life. The group meets the WEEE (Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment) directive. Published on 13th February 2003, directive
2002 / 96 / EC concerning electrical and electronic equipment waste is more
commonly known as the WEEE directive.
PD395051
An easily-dismantled product.
The product is in kit form. All components can be
removed, which facilitates sorting the different types of
materials.
E-54
Characteristics NW/MVS 4000A configuration
System M
Incoming column
Busway connection - Linergy Evolution solution
Special solutions
Standard configuration No.

1
Designation
Frame+roof W800 D600
Com. no.
LSM58608A*
Quantity
1
2 Frame+roof W800 D400 - rear LSM58408R 1
3 M mounting plate masterpact NW-MT LSM58876V 1
4 Fixed bar support pitch115mm W800 4000A LSM58098A 4
5 Terminals for masterpact NW-MT40 LSM58080A 4
6 Fixed support for 5/10mm horizontal busbars LSM58086A 2
pitch=75mm
7 1 Free busbar support pitch=75mm LSM58089A 2
8 Spacers (12) 150mm Linergy Evolution 4000A 04646 1
10 Busbars >80mm support/screws 04671 15
11 NW40 rear connection vertical mounting terminal 47969(1) 1
12 Masterpact NW40 4P drawout Linergy Evolution GDX20119 1
solution total assembly drawing
13 Masterpact NW40 4P drawout b 1
14 2 Side corss-members D400 LSM58440A 3
15 Fixed bar support pitch=115mm W800 LSM58097A 3
(1)terminal can be found in NW catalogue.
* LSM53608A for seismic solution.
Note: for the I-Link busway selection, please refer to page B-5.
2 14 11 3 6 1 15 5 9 4
DD800579
DD800580
E-55
System M
Incoming column
Linergy Evolution solution
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58608A*
Quantity
1
6 Fixed support for 5/10mm horizontal busbars LSM58086A 2
pitch=75mm
8 Spacers (12) 150mm Linergy Evolution 4000A 04646 1
10 Busbars >80mm support/screws 04671 9
11 NW40 rear connection vertical mounting terminal 47969(1) 1
12 Masterpact NW40 4P drawout Linergy Evolution GDX20119 1
solution total assembly drawing
(1)terminal can be found in NW catalogue.
2 1 11 7 6 3 5 9 4
gdx2011901
E-56
System M
Incoming column
Linergy Evolution solution
Special solutions
Front view No. Designation Com. no. Quantity

IP30/31 IP54
5
DD800566
1 M frontplate masterpact NW drawout 3P/4P LSM58927D 1 1

W800
2 W800 plain front plate 2m LSM58972A 3 3
3 3 W800 plain front plate 5m LSM58975A - 2
4 W800 ventilated front plate 5m LSM58985A 4 2
5 System M front plate support LSM58700A 1 1
Plain door W800 LSM58428A 1 -
IP54 plain door W800 LSM58429A - 1
1
IP30 IP54
Ventilation solution No. Designation IP30/31 IP54

b b
Com. no. (1) Quantity
1 Grill with filter (maximum NSYCAG291LPF32 1
througput=350m3/h)
DD382806
DD800568
2 3 2 IP31 ventilated roof for b LSM58710A 1

4000A column
3 Top hood with top fan IP54 b NSYCVF575M230MF 1
Ventilation partitioning b LSM58669H 1
horizontal busbar 4000A
(1) To ensure the cooling condition, the ventilation solution components(NSYCAG291LPF32,
NSYCVF575M230MF, LSM58710A) are mandatory for the cubicle adjacent to the Masterpact
NW40 cubicle.
600/800
1 1
DD800578
IP30 IP54
1866
291/292
291/292
261.5
Derating table
Cubicle with circuit breaker
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NW/MVS40 Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
Horizontal busbar
No. of bars / Permissible current (A)
phase Average ambient temperature around the switchboard
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy Evolution Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan
4000 3800 A 3510 A 3710 A 3430 A 3620 A 3350 A 3450 A 3180 A 3280 A 3020 A 3120 A b
b connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the
switchboard.
Options Designation Com. no.

M frontplate masterpact NW fixed 3P/4P W800 (1) LSM58926F
50 stainless steel screws (2) LSM58081A
(1) NW/MVS40 fixed version busbar drawings not available now.
(2) Spare parts for broken or lost case. By default, terminals for Masterpact NW40 (LSM58080A)
is supplied with stainless screws.
Warnings In order to keep good condition of the heavy cubicle configuration, we recommend to:
b Remove the circuit breaker and door before moving or transport the cubicle.
b Transport single column instead of assocation with other cubicles.
E-57
System M
Incoming column
Busway connection - Flat busbar solution
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58608A*
Quantity
1
6 Fixed support for 10mm Hz. busbars pitch115mm LSM58087A 2
7 1 Free busbar support pitch115mm LSM58090A 12
8 Busbars > 80mm support/screws 04671 28
9 Masterpact NW40 4P drawout busbar total S1A94129 1
assembly drawing
11 2 Side corss-members D400 LSM58440A 3
12 Fixed bar support pitch=115mm W800 LSM58097A 3
Note: for the I-Link busway selection, please refer to page B-5.
DD800581
DD800582
2 10 7 3 6 1 12 5 4
E-58
System M
Incoming column
Flat busbar solution
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58608A*
Quantity
1
assembly drawing
DD800569
1 2 3 7 6 10 5 4
E-59
System M
Incoming column
Flat busbar solution
Special solutions

IP30/31 IP54
5
DD800566

W800
2 W800 plain front plate 2M LSM58972A 3 3
3 3 W800 plain front plate 5M LSM58975A - 2
4 W800 ventilated front plate 5M LSM58985A 4 2
1
IP30 IP54

b b
througput=350m3/h)
DD382806
DD800568

4000A column
NW40 cubicle.
600/800
1 1
DD800578
IP30 IP54
1866
291/292
291/292
261.5
Derating table
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
Horizontal busbar
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
2 bars, 120 x 10mm Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan Vent. roof Fan
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
switchboard.

E-60
System M
Coupling column
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58608A*
Quantity
1
2 Frame+roof W300 D600 LSM58603A* 1
5 M mountingplate masterpact NW-MT LSM58876V 1
7 Busbar support for 4000A coupling solution LSM58084A 1
11 3 Fixed supports vert. Bars+bottom D400 in D600 LSM58091A 1
13 1 Fixed busbar support bottom D600 pitch75mm LSM58093A 1
15 20 Screws for vert./Hz. busbar connection 04645 3
assembly drawing
1 9 10 12 2 15 4 8 3
DD800570
17 6 7 5 11 13
E-61
System M
Coupling column
Special solutions

IP30/31 IP54
5
DD800566

W800
3 3 W800 plain front plate 5M LSM58975A - 2
1
IP30 IP54

b b
througput=350m3/h)
DD382806
DD800568

4000A column
NW40 cubicle.
600/800
1 1
DD800578
IP30 IP54
1866
291/292
291/292
261.5
Derating table
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
Horizontal busbar
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
switchboard.

E-62
Characteristics NW/MVS/3P-Fixed 4000A
System M configuration
Incoming column with Bottom HBB
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58606A
Quantity
1
2 Frame+roof W300 D600 LSM58603A 1
5 M mountingplate masterpact NW-MT W600 LSM58878V 1
7 NW40 3P W600 downstrean busbar support LSM58085A 1
8 Terminals for masterpact NW4000 LSM58080A 3
12 1 Fixed BB support bottom D600 pitch75mm LSM58093A 1
14 2 side cross-member 400 LSM58440A 2
DD800593
14 3 1 8 2 11 4 9
6 5 7 12 10 6
E-63
Characteristics NW/MVS/4P-Fixed 4000A
System M configuration
Special solutions

1
Designation
Com. no.
LSM58608A
Quantity
1
2 Frame+roof W300 D600 LSM58603A 1
5 M mountingplate masterpact NW-MT LSM58876V 1
7 BB support for 4000A coupling solution LSM58084A 1
8 Terminals for masterpact NW4000 LSM58080A 4
9 1 Free busbar support pitch 115mm LSM58090A 6
11 1 Free busbar support pitch 75mm LSM58089A 7
12 1 Fixed BB support bottom D600 pitch 75mm LSM58093A 1
14 2 side cross-member 400 LSM58440A 2
15 Fixed bar support pitch115mm W800 LSM58097A 2
DD800594
3 14 1 8 11 15 9
6 5 7 10 12 2 4
E-64
System M
Special solutions
Front view W = 800mm

5 No. Designation Com. no. Quantity
DD800566
IP30/31 IP54
1 M frontplate masterpact NW Fixed 3P/4P LSM58926F 1 1
W800
3 2 W800 plain front plate 2M LSM58972A 3 3
3 W800 plain front plate 5M LSM58975A - 2
1
2 W = 600mm
No. Designation Com. no. Quantity
IP30/31 IP54
4 1 M frontplate masterpact NW Fixed 3P W600 LSM58928F 1 1
3 W600 plain front plate 5M LSM58935A - 2
IP30 IP54 4 W600 ventilated front plate 5M * 4 2
6 IP30 plain door W600 LSM58426A 1 -
7 IP54 plain door W600 LSM58427A - 1
* Please contact with Schneider Electric local office.

b b
througput=350m /h) 3
DD800595
DD800596
2 Filter fan 560m /h 230V IP54

3 b NSYCVF560M230PF 1
DD800597
DD800598
1 1
IP30 IP54
Cut-out in plain door Cut-out in side panel D = 600
Derating table
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
Horizontal busbar
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
3680 A 3680 A 3600 A 3600 A 3520 A 3520 A 3440 A 3440 A 3340 A 3340 A 3120 A b
switchboard.

M frontplate masterpact NW fixed 3P/4P W800 LSM58926F
E-65
Characteristics Seismic solution
System M
IP30/31
Special solutions
Seismic solution application conditions

b Up to 2500A
b Not suitable for 2NW solution
b Please do not mount the base frame
400 mm deep framework

DD800214
IP30 IP31
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800241
DD800557
DD800535
DD800282
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side panels (2) Gasket Sealing Seismic Cross mebmber
(mm) with roof cover
300 LSM58403A LSM58423A - LSM58413A - LSM58490A - LSM58493A - LSM58440A
x3 x3
600 LSM58406A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58416A LSM58474A LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58430A - LSM58440A
x2 x6 x3
600 + 200 LSM53462A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58418A LSM58474A LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
+ + x2 x6 x5 x6
LSM58422A LSM58422A
x2 x 12 x3

DD800217
IP30 IP31
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800241
DD800557
DD800535
DD800282
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side panels (2) Gasket Sealing Seismic Cross mebmber
(mm) with roof cover
LSM58490A - LSM58493A - LSM58441A
300 LSM53603A LSM58423A - LSM58413A -
x5 x3
LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58430A - LSM58441A
600 LSM53606A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58416A LSM58476A
x2 x9 x3
+ + x2 x9 x5 x6
LSM58422A LSM58422A
LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58097A - LSM58440A
800 LSM53608A LSM58428A LSM58468T LSM58418A LSM58476A
x2 x 18 x3
E-66
System M
IP30/31
Special solutions

DD800560
IP30 IP31
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800241
DD800557
DD800535
DD800282
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side Gasket Sealing Seismic Cross mebmber
(mm) with roof plain or transparent panels (2) cover
+ x2 x3 x3
LSM58403R
600 LSM58406A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58416A 2 x LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58430A - LSM58440A
+ LSM58474A x 2 x2 x6 x3
LSM58406R
600 + 200 LSM53462A LSM58426A LSM58466T LSM58418A 2 x LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
+ + + LSM58474A x 2 x2 x6 x5 x6
LSM53462R LSM58422A LSM58422A
800 LSM58408A LSM58428A LSM58468T LSM58418A 2 x LSM58490A LSM58491A LSM58097A - LSM58440A
+ LSM58474A x 2 x2 x 12 x3
LSM58408R

DD800561
IP30 IP31
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800239
DD800241
DD800557
DD800535
DD800282
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side Gasket Sealing Seismic Cross mebmber
(mm) with roof plain or transparent panels (2) cover
+ x2 x5 x3
LSM58403R
+ + x2 x2 x9 x3
LSM58406 LSM58474A
+ + + + x2 x2 x9 x5 x6
LSM53462R LSM58422A LSM58422A LSM58474A
+ + x2 x2 x 18 x3
LSM58408R LSM58474A
E-67
System M
IP54
Special solutions
Seismic solution application conditions

b Up to 2500A
b Not suitable for 2NW solution
b Please do not mount the base frame

DD800214
To ensure compliance with the degree of protection IP54, the addition of a gasket is needed (see page D-10).
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800557
DD800282
Width Framework Door (1) Rear panels 2 side Gasket IP54 Seismic Cross mebmber
(mm) with roof panels (2)
300 LSM58403A LSM58424A - LSM58413A - LSM58489A LSM58493A - LSM58440A
x3 x3
600 LSM58406A LSM58427A LSM58467T LSM58417A LSM58475A LSM58489A LSM58430A - LSM58440A
x6 x3
600 + 200 LSM53462A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58475A LSM58489A LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
x6 x5 x6
x 12 x3

DD800217
DD800557
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800282
300 LSM53603A LSM58424A - LSM58413A - LSM58489A LSM58493A - LSM58441A
x5 x3
x9 x3
600 + 200 LSM53662A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58477A LSM58489A LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
x9 x5 x6
x 18 x3
E-68
System M
IP54
Gland plates
Special solutions

DD800560
DD800215
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800557
DD800282
300 LSM58403A LSM58424A - LSM58413A - LSM58489A x 2 LSM58493A - LSM58440A
+ x3 x3
LSM58403R
600 LSM58406A LSM58427A LSM58467T LSM58417A LSM58475A x 2 LSM58489A x 2 LSM58430A - LSM58440A
+ x6 x3
LSM58406R
600 + LSM53462A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58475A x 2 LSM58489A x 2 LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
200 + x6 x5 x6
LSM53462R
800 LSM58408A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58475A x 2 LSM58489A x 2 LSM58097A - LSM58440A
+ x 12 x3
LSM58408R

DD800561
DD800218
DD800238
DD800216
DD800516
DD800241
DD800557
DD800282
300 LSM53603A LSM58424A - LSM58413A - LSM58489A x 2 LSM58493A - LSM58441A
+ x5 x3
LSM58403R
600 LSM53606A LSM58427A LSM58467T LSM58417A LSM58475A LSM58489A x 2 LSM58430A - LSM58441A
+ +LSM58477A x9 x3
LSM58406
600 + LSM53662A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58475A LSM58489A x 2 LSM58430A LSM58492A LSM58441A
200 + +LSM58477A x9 x5 x6
LSM53462R
800 LSM53608A LSM58429A LSM58469T LSM58419A LSM58475A LSM58489A x 2 LSM58097A - LSM58440A
+ +LSM58477A x 18 x3
LSM58408R
Gland plates Designation Com. no.

DD800262
W = 600 mm LSM58486A
W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM53488A
W = 600 mm LSM53686A
W = 800 mm or 600 + 200 mm LSM53688A
E-69
Characteristics Presentation of components
System M
Assembling recommendations
PB800044
10 10 1 5 3 2 10 8 3 5 9 10
6 8 5 4 6 4 5 8 9 10 10
E-70
System M
Chronology of the opposite switchboard configuration assembly:
1 - Floor standing enclosure structure

bb Framework.
bb Busbar duct.
bb Base frame
2 - Vertical busbar
bb Busbar support.
bb Vertical busbar.
3 - Mounting plates and switchgears

bb Mounting plate with the circuit breaker.
bb Modular device rails.
bb Multi 9 devices.
4 - Distribution blocks
bb 200 A Multiclip distribution block.
bb Comb busbar
5 - Power cables
bb Distribution connection.
bb Earthing.
6 - Wiring trunking
bb Trunking.
bb Trunking for the fine wiring.
7 - Partitioning
bb Form 3 partition.
8 - Gland plates
bb Gland plates
9 - Front plates
bb Front plate support frame.
bb Front plates
10 - Floor standing covering

bb Rear panels.
bb Lateral panels.
bb Gland plates.
bb Doors or front cover.
E-71
System M
Preparation of the framework
DD800214
DD800316
DD800399
Install the vertical busbar
DD800298
DD800297
DD800300
3
2
Install the incoming device

DD800303
DD800304
x4
DD800301
E-72
System M
Install the other devices
DD800302
DD800296
DD800299
Install the modular device rail

DD800538
Install the adjustable rail

DD800380
DD800381
x2
1
2
x2
4 3 x2
x2
C
DD800382
x2
Install the distribution block

DD800383
E-73
System M
Install the earth / neutral bar

Neutral bar Earth bar
DD800328
DD800327
Wiring trunking
DD800539
Install the partition

DD800519
Install the gland plates

DD800307
E-74
System M
Install the front plates
DD800357
L
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
Floor standing enclosure covering

DD800375
DD800376
x12
1
1
2
x12
x2 3
Floor standing enclosure assembly

DD800305
x2
x4
x2
E-75
E-76
ART.838789 © 2013 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

35, rue Joseph Monier As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation
CS 30323 of the information given in this publication.
F - 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
This document has been printed on ecological paper.
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776 € Design: Schneider Electric
www.schneider-electric.com Photos: Schneider Electric
Publishing: Altavia Connexion
LVED210002EN 12-2017

2017 Prisma M Catalog - LVED210002EN (Web) 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 Prisma M Catalog - LVED210002EN (Web) 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 Prisma M Catalog - LVED210002EN (Web) 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main components of a switchboard system described in the document?

What are the main components of a switchboard system described in the document?

What are the main steps involved in assembling a switchboard?

What are the main steps involved in assembling a switchboard?

Low Voltage

Overview A-8 Prisma iPM a tested A-18

Functional unit B-2 B-4 B-10 B-17 B-18

Masterpact NW /EasyPact MVS Masterpact NT Compact NS1600b / 3200 Compact NSX100 / 630 A

Transfer switch equipments

B-40 B-50 B-52

Capacitor bank Industrial control devices Human-switchboard interface

Distribution introduction C-8 C-21 C-40

Horizontal busbars Vertical busbars

Distribution blocks Accessories

Enclosure description D-2 D-5 D-7

IP30 / 31 floor standing cubicles IP54 floor standing cubicles

Spare parts E-2 Mechanical characteristics E-28 Special solutions E-41

B-26 B-30 B-46

EasyPact CVS 100 / 630 A Easypact EZC 100/400/630A Modular devices

B-55 B-57 B-58

Other devices Reserve space Functional unit accessories

C-1 C-2 C-13

D-9 D-11 D-13

Gasket, baseframe and gland plates IP30 / 31 / 54 cubicles accessories Dimensions

Assembling recommendations E-49

Commercial reference A-38

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

Com. no. Designation Page Com. no. Designation Page

As professional for tertiary and industrial buildings market, you are

Using our Prisma iPM solution, you can easily

Improve the continuity of Secure the value of life Control deadlines

* A functional unit includes

> Example of floor standing switchboard > Example of 16 modules wall

Flexible design for 100% dependable

Last generation well fitting within your Prisma iPM

I design an electrical solution I build an electrical solution

National standards In Europe

becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries

ISO 9004: Quality management system - guidelines for performance improvement.

ISO 14004: Environmental management system - major guidelines on the principles.

ISO 14001: Environmental management system - specification with guidance for

A majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified

bb standards on switchgear assemblies:

All elements making up the electrical switchboard are concerned.

The 12 design points tested by 1 - Strength of materials and parts

2 - Degree of protection of assemblies

3 - Clearances and creepage distances

4 - Protection against electric shock and integrity of protective

5 - Incorporation of switching devices and components

6 - Internal electrical circuits and connections

9 - Verification of temperature rise

10 - Short-circuit withstand strength

1 - Degree of protection of enclosures

Type tests 1 - Static load

A switchboard must comply with the requirements in standard IEC 61439-1 to